The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2007 Bid DocumentCity of Sebastian ADDENDUM # 1 AIRPORT MAINTENANCE METAL STORAGE BUILDING City of Sebastian Project 07-03 DATE: April 30, 2007 TO: All Bidders This Addendum becomes hereby an integral part of the bid package under consideration by you as a respondent. The City of Sebastian deems all sealed bids to have been proffered in recognition of the entire bid package — including all issued addenda. This Addendum is being sent to you via "fax". In addition a copy is being sent via e- mail. Should you have any questions pertaining to this Addendum, please contact Mark Jansen at 407.306.0200. ADDENDUM MESSAGE 1. This addendum message includes this page, and the attached _ pages. Attachment No. Pages Descriytion Addendum 1 2 Addendum text. Revised Bid Form 2 Revised bid form Geotechnical Data 7 Final Geotechnical Information Section 01230 3 Alternates Specification Section 11320 4 Grinder Pump Specification 2. Submitted to the City must also include this addenda page submitted & signed as acknowledgement of receipt of same. Receipt Acknowledged By, Bidders Signature Original Signed by Mark Jansen Mark Jansen, Project Manager THE LPA GROUP INCORPORATED AIRPORT MAINTENANCE METAL STORAGE BUILDING City of Sebastian Project 07-03 Sebastian Municipal Airport Pagel of 3 Firm Name Addendum 1 April 30, 2007 ADDENDUM # I CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS 1. BID OPENING Bid Opening date has been changed to Friday, May 4, 2007 at 2:00 P.M. CHANGES TO BID FORM See attached revised bid form. Delete original bid form in its entirety. CHANGES TO DRAWINGS 1. Clarification to sheet "A3.0": Delete gypsum or plywood returns at wind jambs/head & delete gypsum at det. INS -1 2. Revised notes on sheet C 1.1: SITE WORK BY CONTRACTOR: 1. Metal Building 2. Foundation 3. Signed/Scaled Calculations for 1 and 2 above. 4. Building Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing 5. Site Electrical and Trenching 6. Erosion Control/Silt Fence (Approx 750 L.F.) 7. Foundation Subbase Final Compaction 8. 6' Chain Link Fence and 20' Sliding Gate 9. Alternate: Flexible Pavement - Parking Access & Lot (7,000 SF) & Precast Wheel Stops (4) 10. Alternate: Grinder pump and piping 11. Alternate: Landscaping, Well and Irrigation WORK BY CITY (Not In Contract): 1. Site Clearing & Grubbing 2. Building Pad Rough Grading 3. Potable Waterline to within Y of Building (including trenching & pipe) 4. Grading & Drainage 5. Pavement Marking QUESTIONS FROM CONTRACTOR Q1: A-3 Chain link fence, as described on drawings: I see perimeter fence with barbed wire, also see Alt. #3 interior fence. Do not see Alt. #2, can you clarify if perimeter is in base bid or with Alt. #3 & is there a second alternate? Al: Alt. #2 is adding/extending covered area, as shown on Sheet Al/l. See section 1230 (attached) for further description. Q2: A-5: Plywood liner: Please clarify if all the [exterior] walls are being done? A2: That is correct. Price Alternate #5 at all exterior walls: Base Bid, Alt. #1 & Alt. #6 line items. Note to be revised to identify 113/4" Exterior Plywood liner panel (Alt. No. 5)" Q3: A-7: Flexible paving: Do we stop at the existing grassed area? A3: Flexible paving shall be as shown on sheet C1.2. A portion of the grassed area is going to be AIRPORT MAINTENANCE METAL STORAGE BUILDING City of Sebastian Project 07-03 Sebastian Municipal Airport Page 2 of 3 Addendum 1 April 30, 2007 paved. Q4: P 1.0: Shows oil water interceptor. Please clarify: A4: Oil -water separator shall be included in the base bid, and shall be a Oldcastle Precast Model CPS -48 or Equivalent. Q5: C1.1: Sanitary clean out at 16.8 and building at 18.9 gives insufficient fall for distance required. A5: Gravity Sanitary line has been removed. See Section 1230 and revised bid item description. A6: Flexible paving: Please clarify & provide product specifications. A6: Paving shall be in accordance with the Typical Section shown on sheet G1.0. FDOT Materials Specifications shall be used as noted in the Typical Section. Q7: A1.0: Future vehicle lift location: Please provide thickness for slab & footing for vehicle lift. A7: Foundation design by general contractor based on equipment coordinated with owner. Q8: Al. 1: Show detail on fencing installation on Alt. #3. A8: Interior fence has been deleted. Q9: A2.0: Clarification on vent fan above doorways. A9: Fans noted on M1.0 & M2.0 Q 10: Need R -value on building insulation. A10: No insulation shown on CD's, none required. AIRPORT MAINTENANCE METAL STORAGE BUILDING City of Sebastian Project 07-03 Sebastian Municipal Airport Page 3 of 3 Addendum 1 April 30, 2007 ATTACHMENT 5 (BID SCHEDULE) PROJECT LOCATION/DESCRIPTION: Sebastian Municipal Airport, Sebastian Florida, Airport Maintenance Storage Building Liquidated Damages shall be assessed in the amount of $200/calendar day for days in excess of 90 Calendar Days for Construction and substantial completion, 30 for punch -out. See DWG C1.1 and Section 1230 for a detailed description of bid alternates. Item No. Item Description Unit Ouantity Unit Price Extension Base Bid 1 Mobilization LS 1 $ $ 2 Base Bid Metal Building, LS 1 $ $ 3 Plumbing LS 1 $ $ 4 Building and Site Electrical LS 1 $ $ 5 Concrete foundation, including final compaction of LS 1 $ $ Building Foundation 6 Erosion Control LS • 1 $ $ Total Base Bid: $ Additive Alternate Bid Items: A-1 Additional Storage Area, approx 20'x 60', as LS 1 $ $ described on Drawings and in Section 1230. A-2 Additional Metal Building Canopy, as described LS 1 $ $ on Drawings and in Section 1230. A-3 Chain Link Fence (exterior), as described on LS 1 $ $ Drawings and in Section 1230. A-4 Unit Heaters, as described on Drawings and in LS 1 $ $ Section 1230. A-5 Plywood Liner Panels, as described on Drawings LS 1 $ $ and in Section 1230. A-6 Alternate Vehicle Bay No. 4, as described on LS 1 $ $ Drawings and in Section 1230. A-7 Flexible Paving and concrete parking stops, as SF 7,000 $ $ described on Drawings and in Section 1230. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Addendum 1- April 30, 2007 Page 2-18 of 87 A-8 Grinder Pump and Piping„ as described on Drawings and in Sections 1230 and 11320. Includes all fittings, cleanouts, backfill, installation and electrical wiring for a complete, turn -key system in place. A-9 Landscaping and Irrigation LS 1 $ $ LS 1 $ $ Bid award will be made to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose bid, confirming to the specifications, Instructions For Bidders, and Contract Documents, will be the most advantageous to the City in consideration of price, time of performance, and other factors as determined by the City. Further, the City reserves the right to award the Bid based on any one or all of the "Additive Alternates;" therefore, each "Total Base Bid+Additive alternate" price must be ready to stand on its own. The BIDDER must submit bids on the Base Bid including the "Add Alternates" shown above. The undersigned, having become thoroughly familiar with all of the Agreement & Bidding Documents incorporated herein, the project site and the location conditions affecting the work, hereby proposes to perform everything required to be performed in strict conformity with the requirements of these documents, and to provide and furnish all the equipment, labor and materials necessary to provide the construction services meeting or exceeding the specifications as set forth herein for the prices quoted above. The price quoted is inclusive of any Addenda, which may be issued. If awarded this bid, the Contractor agrees to enter into a contract within ten (10) consecutive calendar days notice by the city, and agrees to all the terms and conditions of all documents stated herein with the City of Sebastian for the above stipulated prices which shall remain firm for sixty (60) days following bid opening date. Failure to execute the Contract as stipulated above may result in the forfeiture of the Bid Bond in its entirety. Proposal Security The undersigned acknowledges that it has included with its Bid the required Bid Security for not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of its Proposal. Addenda It is agreed that the undersigned has received all addenda complete as issued by the Owner and that related costs are included in the proposal submitted. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of said addenda as follows: Addendum # dated Addendum # dated Addendum # dated Authorized Signature Firm Name Date Signed Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents End Attachment 5 (Bid Schedule) Page 2-19 of 87 Printed Name Title Phone Number Addendum 1- April 30, 2007 KSM KELLER, SCHLEICHER & MacWILLIAM ENGINEERING AND TESTING, INC. MARTIN (772) 337-7755 P.O. BOX 78-1377, SEBASTIAN, FL 32978-1377 SEBASTIAN (772) 589-0712 PALM BEACH (561) 845-7445 C.A.: 5693 P.E.: 37293 S.I.: 860 MELBOURNE (321) 768-8488 FAX (561) 845-8876 E-MAIL KSM@KSMENGINEERING.NET ST. LUCIE (772) 229-9093 FAX (772) 589-6469 April 12, 2007 Mark C. Jansen, P.E. The LPA Group Inc. 615 Crescent Executive Court Suite 200 Lake Mary, Florida 32746-2146 Re: Soil Borings Sebastian Municipal Airport Airport Maintenance Facility Sebastian, Florida KSM 700988 Dear Mr. Jansen: As requested, KSM Engineering & Testing has performed a subsurface investigation at the referenced site. Presentation of the data gathered during the investigation, together with our geotechnical related opinions, are included in this report. A. Site Description: At the time of drilling, the site was fairly flat with light surface vegetation. B. Project Description: It is our understanding that a metal maintenance building is planned to be constructed on the site. Loads from the structure will be transferred to the ground by conventional shallow footings. We estimate the maximum loads will be less than 2,000 pounds per linear foot along the wall foundation and less than 50 Kips for any individual column ..._ loads. Some additional site fill will be required to reach the desired grades. KSM KELLER, SCHLEICHER & MacWILLIAM ENGINEERING AND TESTING, INC. MARTIN (772) 337-7755 P.O. BOX 78-1377, SEBASTIAN, FL 32978-1377 SEBASTIAN (772) 589-0712 PALM BEACH (561) 845-7445 C.A.: 5693 P.E.: 37293 S.I.: 860 MELBOURNE (321) 768-8488 FAX (561) 845-8876 E-MAIL KSM@KSMENGINEERING.NEr ST. LUCIE (772) 229-9093 FAX (772) 589-6469 Airport Maintenance Facility -2- April 12, 2007 C. The scope of our study consisted of the following: 1. Performed Standard Penetration Test Borings in the proposed construction area to estimate the subsoil relative density. 2. Measured the groundwater level at each boring. 3. Evaluated the existing soil conditions with respect to the proposed construction and provided recommendations for site preparation and foundation design. 4. Prepared this report to document our findings. D. Site Investigation: The site investigation program consisted of performing two (2) Standard penetration test borings in the proposed construction area. The borings were terminated at a depth of 14 feet below grade. The locations of the borings are indicated on the attached boring logs. The SPT borings were completed in accordance with procedures described in ASTM D- 1586. A standard 1.5 inch I.D., 2 inch O.D. split -spoon sampler is driven into the soil by successive blows of a 140 pound hammer freely falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler 1 foot, after seating 6 in., is designated the Penetration Resistance, or "N" value. At regular intervals the sampler is extracted from the ground and opened to allow visual examination and classification of the retained soil sample. Also, the groundwater table was allowed to stabilize and the depth of the groundwater elevation recorded from existing grade. The records of the soils encountered, the penetration resistances and groundwater level are shown on the attached logs. KSM KELLER, SCHLEICHER & MacWILLIAM ENGINEERING AND TESTING, INC. MARTIN (772) 337-7755 P.O. BOX 78-1377, SEBASTIAN, FL 32978-1377 SEBASTIAN (772) 589-0712 PALM BEACH (561) 845-7445 C.A.: 5693 P.E.: 37293 S. 1.: 860 MELBOURNE (321) 768-8488 FAX (561) 845-8876 E-MAIL KSM®KSMENGINEERING.NET ST. LUCIE (772) 229-9093 FAX (772) 589-6469 Airport Maintenance Facility -3- April 12, 2007 E. Engineering Evaluation and Conclusions: Based on the information obtained from this site investigation, we are pleased to offer the following evaluation: The boring logs indicate the subsurface conditions to be fairly uniform across the site. The soils consist mostly of fine-grained sand. "N" values recorded during the boring operation indicate the soil density is generally medium dense. Please refer to the soil boring logs for specific information relative to the soil description. Based on the existing soil conditions, the proposed structure can be supported on a shallow foundation system provided that the site is properly prepared. The following sections provide recommendations for the site preparation and foundation design. F. Site Preparation: The proposed building area and areas to be paved, plus a minimum margin of five feet beyond the proposed construction shall be stripped and grubbed of surface debris, including vegetation, roots and organic matter. Stumps shall be removed entirely. The building area should be graded level and proofrolled. Any soft yielding areas shall be excavated and replaced with clean compacted fill. Sufficient passes should be made during compaction operations to produce a density no less than 95 percent of its modified dry Proctor value (ASTM D 1557) to a depth of two feet. After the exposed surface has been proofroiled, the building and pavement areas may be filled to the desired grades. The fill material shall consist of clean granular sand containing less than 8% material passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 mesh sieve. Place structural fill in loose layers of 12 inches in thickness and compact each lift to at least 95 percent of its modified dry Proctor value. After excavating for the footings, the disturbed footing subgrade should be recompacted to 95 percent (minimum) of its modified dry Proctor value. This can be best achieved by making several passes with a relatively light -weight walk -behind vibratory sled or roller. KSM KELLER, SCHLEICHER & MacWILLIAM ENGINEERING AND TESTING, INC. MARTIN (772) 337-7755 P.O. BOX 78-1377, SEBASTIAN, FL 32978-1377 SEBASTIAN (772) 589-0712 PALM BEACH (561) 845-7445 C.A.: 5693 P.E.: 37293 S. 1.: 860 MELBOURNE (321) 768-8488 FAX (561) 845-8876 E-MAIL KSM@KSMENGINEERING.NET ST. LUCIE (772) 229-9093 FAX (772) 589-6469 Airport Maintenance Facility -4- April 12, 2007 G. Foundation: Provided that our recommendations for site preparation are followed, the proposed structure may be supported on conventional concrete slab, steel reinforced footings designed for an allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot, or less. With the foundation properly designed and the site properly prepared, we anticipate total settlements less than 3/ of an inch and differential settlements of less than % of an inch. The majority of the settlement should occur during construction. H. Closure: This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted soil and foundation engineering practices based on the results of the test borings and the assumed loading conditions. This report does not reflect any variations which may occur between -the borings. if variations appear evident during the course of construction, it would be necessary to re-evaluate the recornmendations of this project. We are pleased to be of assistance to you on this phase of your project. When we may be of further service to you or should you have any questions, please feel free to call. Resp ctfully, o d . 'rCel l e , P. . Pr Id t - R K:lev KSM KELLER, SCHLEICHER & MacWILLIAM ENGINEERING AND TESTING, INC. MARTIN (772) 337-7755 PO. BOX 78-1377, SEBASTIAN, FL 32978-1377 SEBASTIAN (772) 589-0712 PALM BEACH (561) 845-7445 C.A.: 5693 P.E.: 37293 S.I.: 860 MELBOURNE (321) 768-8488 FAX (561) 845-8876 E-MAIL KSMQKSMENGINEERING.NET ST. LUCIE (772) 229-9093 FAX (772) 589-6469 Date of Boring: April 6, 2007 Location: Sebastian Municipal Airport Maintenance Facility Sebastian, Florida B-1, See Attached Location Plan Depth Blows/ SPT -N in Ft. Description of Soil 6 in. Value -0- Light Gray Fine Sand -1- 12 17 -2- -----------------------------------------15---------29------ Dark Brown Fine Sand -3- 12 10 -4- 12 22 -5- 9 11 -6- -----------------------------------------13---------20------ Light Brown Fine Sand, -7- Slightly Silty 7 7 -8- 8 14 -9- 6 4 -10- ------------------------------------------6---------10------- Light Brown Fine Sand -11- 5 5 -12- 5 10 -13- 4 6 -14-------------------------------------------4----------8------- Water Table: 39" Below Existing Grade Job # KSM 700988-1b KSM KELLER, SCHLEICHER & MacWILLIAM ENGINEERING AND TESTING, INC. MARTIN (772) 337-7755 P.O. BOX 78-1377, SEBASTIAN, FL 32978-1377 SEBASTIAN (772) 589-0712 PALM BEACH (561) 845-7445 C.A.: 5693 P.E.: 37293 S.I.: 860 MELBOURNE (321) 768-8488 FAX (561) 845-8876 E-MAIL KSM®KSMENGINEERING.NET ST. LUCIE (772) 229-9093 FAX (772) 589-6469 Date of Boring: April 6, 2007 Location: Sebastian Municipal Airport Maintenance Facility Sebastian, Florida B-2, See Attached Location Plan Depth Blows/ SPT -N in Ft. Description of Soil 6 in. Value -0- Light Gray Fine Sand 4 4 -2- ------------------------------------------7----------8------ Dark Brown Fine Sand -3- 8 9 -4- 11 17 -5- 8 7 -6- ------------------------------------------7-------- 14 ------ Light Brown Fine Sand -7- Slightly Silty 4 6 -8- 7 10 -9- 6 6 -10- ------------------------------------------5---------11------- Light Brown Fine Sand -11- 3 6 -12- 6 9 -13- 4 5 -14-------------------------------------------6----------9------- Water Table: 40" Below Existing Grade Job ## KSM 700988-2b ACHIMU"11041 1141SPIX; -.., lio At: EASE I'Malt . ........... ......... MAINTENANCE\ BUILDING LOCATION 2./,BOR\INGS LOCATi ON PLAN Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated ori the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept, a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. Alternates 01230-1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the metal building/concrete slab/monolithic foundation. This Additional work is identified as "Alternate Storage Area — Room #A01" (frame, wall panels, roof panels, doors, trim, etc.), extended 5' wide concrete apron, and extended "Covered Canopy" complete in the area between column lines `1' and `3' and between column lines `A' and `AA', as shown on drawings. 5' wide concrete apron, one (1) man -door, two (2) louvers, Electrical transformer, Electrical Panels and Telephone Cabinet as part of `Base Bid' to be relocated. Additional man - door, windows, gutter, downspouts, and splash blocks as part of this Alternate. B. Alternate No. 2: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the metal building canopy (frame, roof panels, trim, etc.) complete in the area between column lines `1' and `3' and between column lines `D' and `AE'. Additional gutter, downspouts and splash blocks are part of this Alternate. C. Alternate No. 3: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of t 400 L.F. of 6' chain link fence with additional 1' barbed wire site fencing (to match existing type) and one 20' wide 6' tall with 1' barbed wire chain link sliding/cantilever gate. The chain link fence enclosures inside the building have been deleted from the project. D. Alternate No. 4: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the unit heaters. See Mechanical and Electrical drawings for Base Bid limits of these systems. E. Alternate No. 5: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of plywood liner panels at the interior side of the metal building walls as detailed on sheet Al. 1. F. Alternate No. 6: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the metal building/concrete slab/monolithic foundation. This Additional work is identified as "Alternate Vehicle Bay No. 4 — Room #A04" (frame, wall panels, roof panels, doors, bollards, trim, etc.), extended 5' wide concrete apron, and extended "Covered Canopy" complete in the area between column lines `1' and `3' and between column lines `A' and `AA', as shown on drawings. 5' wide concrete apron, one (1) man -door, two (2) louvers, Electrical transformer, Electrical Panels and Telephone Cabinet as part of `Base Bid' to be relocated. Additional roll -up doors, gutter, downspouts, and splash blocks as part of this Alternate. G. Alternate No. 7: This alternate bid includes 7,000 SF Flexible pavement, as detailed on sheet G 1.0 and shown in plan view on DWG C 1.1. This also includes four precast concrete wheel stops. H. Alternate No. 8: This alternate bid includes providing and installing a grinder pump and piping„ as described in Sections 1230 and 11320. Includes all fittings, cleanouts, backfill, installation Alternates 01230-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 and electrical wiring for a complete, turn -key system in place. Includes 600 L.F. 1.25" PVC sanitary sewer piping. The trenching shall be completed by Contractor. Contractor shall provide and install materials, including a minimum of 2 cleanouts. Trenching shall be approximately parallel and 10' offset to the Underground Electric line shown on sheet C1.1. This shall be a force main system, with a minimum of 36" cover over the 1.25" pipe. Contractor shall complete all work related to this item. I. Alternate No. 9: This alternate bid includes complete landscaping and irrigation design and turn -key installation (including well), as detailed on DWG L1.1. END OF SECTION 01230 Alternates 01230-3 SECTION 11320 CPC Grinder Pump Package PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The contractor shall furnish and install a complete packaged fiberglass pumping station including submersible pump(s), electric motor(s), wet well, piping and appurtenances and place in satisfactory operation, in a workman like manner, all machinery, equipment, apparatus, accessories and testing required for a complete installation in accordance with these specifications. 1.2 REFERENCES AND RELATED WORK A. QUALITY ASSURANCE - REFERENCED STANDARDS: American Iron & Steel Institute (AISI) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Factory Mutual (FM) Hydraulic Institute Standards for Centrifugal, Rotary, and Recip Pumps (HI) National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) National Electric Code(NEC) National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association(AFBMA) International Standards Organization(ISO) - IS09001 1.3 SUBMITTALS The contractor shall submit the following after approval of plans but prior to installation of the pumping station: A. Pump drawings, station drawings and maintenance schedule. B. Technical manuals and typical installation guides with sufficient information to allow plant maintenance forces to perform emergency repairs and general maintenance. C. Pump performance curves. D. Materials of construction. E. Parts lists and start-up report. F. Complete electric motor data. 1.4 WARRANTY The pump manufacturer shall warrant the pump, motor and station to the Owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of twelve (12) months under normal use and service. The pump manufacturer shall warrant the guide cable/guide rail system (if used) (including guide rails, cables and brackets) to the Owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of ten(10) years under normal use and service. Both pump manufacturer warranties shall be in published form, and shall apply to all similar units. A copy of each warranty shall be provided to the Owner at startup. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01ACCEPTABLE PUMP MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following are acceptable: -Milwaukee Pumps Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 11320-1 Grinder Pump Package -Equal alternates as approved by the engineer prior to bid All products, whether named as "acceptable" or proposed as "equal" must fully comply with these specifications. Standard product must be modified, if required, for compliance. The contractor shall base his bid price on product offered by Milwaukee Pumps for purposes of determining the successful bidder on this project. The contractor may submit, with the bid, an alternate proposal with applicable deduct if any for supplying product other than Milwaukee Pumps. Alternate proposals must include a clear statement of each point of difference between the proposed alternate product and these specifications. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to reject any bid not based on Milwaukee Pumps product. 2.02 Pump Model Pump shall be of the centrifugal type Milwaukee Pump Model HGP or equivalent with an integrally built in grinder unit and submersible motor. The grinder unit shall be capable of macerating all material in normal domestic and commercial sewage including reasonable amounts of foreign objects such as small wood, sticks, plastic, thin rubber, sanitary napkins, disposable diapers and the like into a fine slurry that will pass freely through the pump and 1-1/4" discharge pipe. Discharge pipe shall be 1-1/4". 2.03 Motor Pump motor shall be of the submersible type rated 2 HP at 3450 RPM. Motor shall be rated for Single phase, 60 HZ, 120 Volt incoming power. Stator winding shall be of the open type with Class F insulation rated for 130°C (266°F) maximum operating temperature. Winding housing shall be filled with a clean high dielectric oil that lubricates bearings and seals and transfers heat from windings and rotor to outer shell. Air filled motors which do not have the superior heat dissipating capabilities of oil filled motors shall not be considered equal. Motors shall have two heavy duty ball bearings to support pump shaft and take radial and thrust loads. Ball bearings shall be designed for 50,000 hours L-10 life. Stator shall be heat shrunk into the motor housing. Note: Contractor must verify and confirm motor voltage and Phase before the equipment can be released to production and manufacture. 2.04 Shaft The common motor, pump and grinder shaft shall be of 416SS threaded, on the pump end, to accept the impeller and grinder assembly. 2.05 Mechanical Seals The motor shall be protected by two mechanical seals mounted in tandem in a seal chamber. The seal chamber shall be oil filled to lubricate the seal faces and to transmit heat from the shaft to the outer motor shell. Seal faces shall be carbon upper and silicon carbide lower and lapped to a flatness of one light band. An electrode shall be mounted in the seal chamber to detect any water entering the chamber through the lower seal. Water in the chamber shall cause a red light to turn on at the control box. This signal shall not stop the motor but act as a warning, only, indicating that service is required. 2.06 Pump Impeller The pump impeller shall be of the recessed type to provide an open and unobstructed passage through the volute for the ground solids. The impeller shall be constructed of cast iron and shall be threaded onto a stainless steel shaft. 2.07 Grinder Construction The grinder assembly shall consist of a grinder, an impeller and a shredding ring and shall be mounted directly below the volute passage. Grinder impeller shall be threaded onto a stainless steel shaft and shall be locked to the shaft with a screw and washer. The shredding ring shall be pressed into an iron holding flange for easy removal and replacement. The holding flange shall be provided with tapped holes such that screws can be used to push the shredding ring from the housing. All grinding of solids shall be from the action of the impeller against the shredding ring. Both the grinder and the shredding ring shall be constructed of 440C stainless steel hardened to 58 to 60 on the Rockwell C scale. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 11320-2 Grinder Pump Package 2.08 Corrosion Protection All iron castings shall be pre-treated with a phosphate and chromic rinse and shall be painted before machining. All machined surfaces exposed to sewage shall be repainted. All pump and motor fasteners shall be 302 SS. 2.09 Power Cord The motor power cord shall be 14-5 SOW/SOW-A and shall be fastened by means of a cord grip in the top of the pump. The motor shall contain a waterproof junction box, which will provide space to connect the power cord to the motor leads. The motor leads shall seal between the motor housing and the junction box by means of a rubber compression fitting around each wire. The power cord shall have a green carrier ground conductor that attaches to the motor frame. 2.10 PUMP & MOTOR CASTINGS All iron casting shall be of high tensile cast iron and shall be properly cleaned, pre-treated with chromic rinse, and painted with a high quality enamel paint. All pump components that are hot cast iron or stainless steel shall be galvanized or painted with baked -on epoxy. All fasteners shall be #302 stainless steel. 2.11 SERVICE Pumps, parts, and service shall be available from an authorized manufacturers (Milwaukee / KSB) warranty service, stocking distributor. PART 3 - PUMPING STATION PRODUCTS 3.01 WET WELL Shall be a filament wound fiberglass basin using a commercial grade of glass fiber having a coupling agent which will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin. The laminate shall consist of an inner surface, an interior layer, and an exterior layer of laminate body. The inner surface shall be free of cracks and crazing with a smooth finish. Some waviness is permissible as long as the surface is smooth and free of pits. Between 0.010 and 0.020 inches of resin -rich surface shall be provided. The basin FRP wall laminate thickness shall vary with the wet well depth to provide the aggregate strength to meet the tensile and flexural physical property requirements. The basin FRP wall laminate must be designed to withstand wall collapse or buckling based on a hydrostatic pressure in pounds per square foot, a saturated soil weight of 120 pounds per cubic foot and a soil modulus of 700 pounds per square foot. Basin must comply with the pipe stiffness values as specified in ASTM D 3753. The basin laminate must be constructed to withstand or exceed 150% of the assumed loading on any depth. The finished FRP laminate will have a Barcol hardness of at least 90% of the resin manufactures specified hardness for the fully cured resin. The Barcol Hardness shall be the same for both interior and exterior surfaces. Manufacture must submit documentation including calculation and production certification that basin (s) on the project are in compliance with the above requirements. The basin shall be provided with an anti -floatation ring to prevent rising. Wet well package shall be as provided by Custom Pump & Controls utilizing resilient mount pipe connection assemblies to allow for variations in setting piping alignments and changes from back filling after setting. Rigid cast in pipe fittings or fiberglass rigid hubs will not be considered equal or acceptable. 3.02 INLET HUB Shall be CPC resilient mount sealing system complete with, gaskets and flexible pipe coupler, stainless steel mounting hardware. Size shall be: 4 inches 3.03 VALVE BOX N/A Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 11320-3 Grinder Pump Package 3.04 ALUMINUM HATCH COVERS N/A 3.05 FLOATS Shall be float switches rated at 5 amps at 120 or 230 volts with internal weight. 3.06 ACCESSORIES -Stainless steel cable rack -lift cables — chain 3.07 ANTI -FLOATATION Concrete is recommended to prevent flotation of the fiberglass basin. The following lists the cubic feet required per foot of basin depth. Basin Cubic Feet of Concrete Required Diameter Per Foot of Basin Depth 24" 2 30" 3.5 36" 5 48" 8.5 60" 12 PART 4 - ELECTRICAL CONTROLS Control panel shall be Nema 4X suitable for outside location. Control shall be provided with 230 volt plug for pump and level control float. Control shall have a high water alarm circuit with relay for operation with high water alarm float set in basin. High water alarm signal shall be both visual with a flashing red light mounted on top of control box and audible buzzer with silence switch. Control shall have a 2" conduit fitted with a rubber, gastight, mechanical seal to eliminate wet well gases and fluid from entering the control. Control panel shall be UL Listed as an assembly. System is sold as packaged by Custom Pump & Controls, Inc. and as incorporated in system design by engineer. Any changes that might cause re-evaluation of project or drawings costs will be assessed to contractor. For technical assistance, please contact Custom Pump & Controls, Inc. Tampa Office (800) 940-3309 / Jacksonville Office (800) 940-3758 Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 11320-4 Grinder Pump Package PROJECT MANUAL for AIRPORT MAINTENANCE STORAGE BUILDING City of Sebastian Project 07-03 J IMI Sponsor/Owner: CITY OF SEBASTIAN BID DOCUMENTS April 2007 Prcpmcd b%: THE JU LPA LPA GROUP �M* TRANSPORTATION CONSULTANTS THE LPA GROUP INCORPORATED 615 Crescent Executive Court, Suite 200 Lake Mary, FL 32746 407-306-0200/407-306-0460(Fax) Contact: Mark C. Jansen, P.E. (mjansen@]pagroup.com) FL Corporate License No. 000430 SECTION TC TABLE OF CONTENTS FRONT END DOCUMENTS- BID AND CONTRACT FORMS 1 Bid Requirements.................................................................................................................1-1 2 Bid Forms.............................................................................................................................2-7 2.1 Licensing......................................................................................................................2-7 2.2 Drug Free Workplace Statement.................................................................................. 2-7 2.3 Public Entity Crimes.................................................................................................... 2-7 2.4 Bid Price.......................................................................................................................2-7 3 Construction Services Agreement...................................................................................... 3-26 Article I - The Contractual Relationship.................................................................................... 3-27 1.0 Employment of Contractor........................................................................................ 3-27 2.0 Agreement Documents............................................................................................... 3-27 3.0 Definition of Terms.................................................................................................... 3-28 ArticleII - Performance............................................................................................................. 3-31 4.0 Plans, Specifications and Related Data...................................................................... 3-31 5.0 Materials and Workmanship...................................................................................... 3-34 6.0 Construction Staking To Be Performed By Contractor ............................................. 3-36 7.0 Progress and Completion of Work............................................................................. 3-38 8.0 Public Health and Safety.......................................................................................... 3-41 9.0 Engineer, City, Contractor Relations......................................................................... 3-45 10.0 Measurement And Payment............................................................ ........................... 348 11.0 Public Contract Requirements................................................................................... 3-52 12.0 Miscellaneous............................................................................................................ 3-55 4 SECTION 130: FAA REQUIRED BID AND CONTRACT PROVISIONS ......................4-1 4.1 BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCES..........................................................................4-1 4.2 CONTRACTUAL REQUIREMENTS PURSUANT TO CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, TITLE VI (49 CFR PART 21)......................................................................................4-2 4.3 AIRPORT AND AIRWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1982, SECTION 520 - GENERAL CIVIL RIGHTS PROVISIONS...........................................................................4-3 4.4 LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES................................4-3 4.5 ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS................................................................4-3 4.6 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES....................................................4-4 4.7 ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS.....................................................4-4 4.8 BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS.......................................................................... 4-4 4.9 RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS........................................................................................4-4 4.10 TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE.............................................................................4-4 4.11 VETERAN'S PREFERENCE..................................................................................... 4-6 4.12 DAVIS-BACON ACT REQUIREMENTS (29 CFR PART 5) ...................................4-6 4.13 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY - 41 CFR PART 60-1.4(b) .................4-14 4.14 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES - 41 CFR PART 60-1.8...4- 15 4.15 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES ..................................... 4-16 4.16 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION - 41 CFR PART 60-2 4-16 Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page i April 2007 ,00"bN 4.17 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS - 41 CFR Part 60.4.3.............................................................................4-17 3 4.18 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT........................................................................... 4-22 4.19 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION (49 CFR PART 29) ..................................................... 4-22 4.20 CONTRACT WORKHOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT SECTION 01095-NPDES PERMIT CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 29 CFR PART 5....................................................................................4-23 SECTION 01150 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.21 CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS .......... 4-23 DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01000 - MOBILIZATION 3 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK 5 SECTION 01040- PROJECT COORDINATION 9 SECTION 01060 -CONTROL OF EROSION, SILTATION AND POLLUTION 13 SECTION 01095-NPDES PERMIT CONFORMANCE 17 SECTION 01150 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 19 SECTION 01510 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES 31 SECTION 01600 -MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 35 SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 39 SECTION 01710 -CLEANING AND DISPOSAL 47 SECTION 01720 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 49 SECTION 01740 -WARRANTIES AND BONDS 53 ARCHITECTURE 01230 Alternates 01230-1 to 01230-2 02361 Termite Control 02361-1 to 02361-3 03000 Concrete and Cement Finish 03300-1 to 03300-18 05400 Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-1 to 05400-9 05500 Metal Fabrications 05500-1 to 05500-10 06100 Rough Carpentry 06100-1 to 06100-7 07920 Joint Sealants 07920-1 to 07920-7 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08110-1 to 08110-9 08331 Overhead Coiling Doors 08331-1 to 08331-5 08510 Steel Windows 08510-1 to 08510-6 08710 Door Hardware 08710-1 to 08710-12 08800 Glazing 08800-1 to 08800-11 09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies and Trim 09255-1 to 09255-5 09651 Resilient Floor Tile 09651-1 to 09651-4 09653 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 09653-1 to 09653-5 09912 Painting Professional Line Products 09912-1 to 09912-8 10200 Louvers and Vents 10200-1 to 10200-4 10523 Fire Extinguishers 10523-1 to 10523-3 10801 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10801-1 to 10801-5 Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page ii April 2007 13125 Metal Building Systems 13125-1 to 13125-23 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 (CONTRACTOR INFORMATION FORM) ............................................... 2-8 ATTACHMENT 2 (DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE FORM) ..................................................... 2-13 ATTACHMENT 3 (PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES FORM).......................................................2-15 ATTACHMENT 4 (BID BOND)......................................................... .................... 2-17 ATTACHMENT 5 (PRICE PROPOSAL).................................................................................2-18 ATTACHMENT 6 (DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS) .......................................... 2-20 ATTACHMENT 7 (FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT) ...................................................... 2-22 Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page iii April 2007 n Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page A)-1 April 2007 �.v.� REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS AIRPORT MAINTENANCE METAL STORAGE BUILDING City of Sebastian Project 07-03 at Sebastian Municipal Airport, Sebastian, Florida /p'�,ti NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN, that sealed Bids for the construction of a 40' x 63' (2,520 SF) will be accepted by the Sebastian Municipal Airport until 2:00 pm, Tuesday, May 1, 2007. The work includes design of the metal building and associated foundation. Several bid alternates, including additional building square footage, are also part of the bid. The Bid shall conform to the Bidding requirements in their entirety. Envelopes shall be marked as indicated in the Bid Documents. A pre -proposal meeting will be held for prospective Proposers at 10:00 am, Tuesday, April 17, 2007 at the Airport Conference Room, Sebastian Municipal Airport, 202 Airport Drive East, Sebastian, FL 32958. For information, call (407) 306-0200. A Bid Guarantee in the form of a Cashier's, Certified or Treasurer's Check, Bank Draft or Proposal Bond must accompany each sealed Bid for an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the base bid amount. Any proposal received without the prerequisite Bid Form(s), Guarantee, Designation of Subcontractors Form, Public Entity Crime Form and Drug -Free Workplace Form may, at the discretion of the City, be considered incomplete and disqualified. Any person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a Bid as proscribed by Section 287.133, Florida Statutes. A Payment and Performance Bond equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Bid price shall be required on this project, and shall be provided by the successful Bidder at the time of the execution of the agreement. This contract contains a liquidated damages clause of $200.00 per calendar day. The Bidder shall be an appropriately Licensed Contractor with the State of Florida for the type(s) of work required, able to be properly licensed in the City of Sebastian, and shall show Proof of Insurance to conduct its business, with all licenses, permits, and certificates as required by all local, State of Florida, and Federal agencies before beginning construction. No Bid may be withdrawn after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of Proposals for a period of ninety (90) days without the forfeiture of the Bidders' Bid Guarantee. The City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive informalities and irregularities, or to re - advertise for Bids. The bid package, including geotechnical report, may be purchased from THE LPA GROUP INCORPORATED, at the address listed below. The bid package fee, including shipping, is $45.00. Packages will be available Wednesday, March 22, 2006. For more information or to request Bid Documents, contact: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents THE LPA GROUP INCORPORATED 615 Crescent Executive Court, Suite 200 Lake Mary, FL 32746-2146 Attn: Ms. Randi Viola rviola@lpagroup.com Phone: (407) 306-0200 Fax (407) 306-0460 Page AD -2 April 2007 n Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents <<This page intentionally left blank.» Page AD -3 April 2007 I BID REQUIREMENTS 1. PRE-BID CONFERENCE (ONLY IF CALLED FOR IN THE NOTICE OF INVITATION TO BID) A mandatory pre-bid conference shall be held at the City of Sebastian Municipal Airport, at that time and date specified in the Invitation to Bid. All prospective bidders are required to attend this conference. Questions concerning the project or bid requirements may be addressed at that time. 2. REQUIRED COPIES Two (2) sets of bids shall be submitted on the Bid Proposal Form provided, including any other forms, proofs, and documents as required. 3. SEALED BIDS Bids shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope which shall show (lower left corner) the name of the Bid, and the date and time of opening. The envelope shall also show the name and address of the Bidder. The Bid shall be submitted as stipulated in the Notice of Invitation. 4. BIDS NOT CONSIDERED Late Bids, telegraphed or faxed Bids and bids which do not conform to the instructions contained in the Notice Of Invitation To Bid. Bids may be withdrawn by fax or telegraph provided that such notices are received prior to the date and time specified in the Invitation. 5. BID OPENING Bidders are welcome to attend the bid opening; however, attendance is not mandatory. Opening of the Bids will commence at the date and time specified in the Notice of Invitation To Bid, and publicly read aloud, providing one or more Bidders are in attendance. The Purchasing Agent or his designee shall be present at all Bid openings. 6. BID EXAMINATION Bid files may be examined during normal working hours, ten (10) days after bid opening, by appointment only, by contacting the City Clerk's office at 561-589-5330. 7. REQUIRED INFORMATION Bidders shall follow all instruction and provide all information requested on the bid proposal form. Bidders wishing to qualify all or any portion of the bid shall provide a hand printed or typed explanation on the bid or separate attachment to be submitted with the bid. 8. ACCEPTABLE BIDS Bid proposals shall be typewritten or filled in with ink. Any erasures or corrections must be initialed by the bidder in ink. 9. NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 1-1 of 87 �.•1 Prices shown on the bids must be prices for new equipment and materials, and the successful bidder shall warrant same for a period of not less than one (1) year from the installation date, or as stipulated in the agreement form submitted with the bidding documents. 10. SALES TAX Although the City of Sebastian is exempt from Federal and State Sales and Use taxes, Contractors or Vendors doing business with the City are not exempted from paying said taxes to their supplier for goods or services purchased to fulfill the contractual obligations with the City, nor shall any Contractor or Vendor be authorized to use the City's Tax Exemption Number in securing such materials. 11. CONFLICT OF INTEREST Contract Award is subject to provisions of State Statutes and City Ordinances. All Bidders must disclose with their bid the name of any officer, director, or agent who is also an employee of the City of Sebastian; further, all Bidders must disclose the name of any City employee who owns, directly or indirectly, an interest of ten percent (10%) or more in the Bidder's firm or any of its branches. 12. LICENSING, CERTIFICATION, AND/OR REGISTRATION Contractors must show their current Contractors license. Prior to start of work, if the Bidder is a State Certified General Contractor, the Bidder must be registered with the City of Sebastian; if the Bidder is a State Registered General Contractor, then the Bidder must hold a Competency Card with the City. In any event, the Contractor shall contact the Administrative Assistant at the Building Department 561-589-5518 and insure compliance with all City ordinances, rules and regulations, including Building Permits if required. Lack of knowledge by the Bidder shall in no way be a cause for relief from responsibility. Failure to comply with the above may result in the rejection of the Bid. Two (2) copies of any license, or certification as required shall be submitted with the bidding documents. A letter must be obtained from the City's Building Department showing that you have complied with their requirements, & is required on this project prior to execution of a contract, & should be submitted to the General Services Administrator with any payment/performance bonds which may be required. Any Sub-Contractor(s) must also be certified. 13. CORRECTIONS, CANCELLATIONS, & WITHDRAWAL A. Bidders may be asked to provide further information after bid opening to determine the responsibility of the vendor. B. Waiver of Technicality; Information shall not be considered after the bid opening /Owe if it has been specifically requested to be provided with the bid and becomes a matter of responsiveness. The bid shall be considered responsive if it Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 1-2 of 87 (..►, substantially conforms to the requirements of the Invitation to Bid. The City may waive any informality, technicality, or irregularity on any bid. A minor or non - substantive lack of conformity may be considered a technicality or irregularity which may be waived by the City. C. Mathematical errors; Errors in extension of unit prices or in mathematical calculations may be corrected. In cases of errors in mathematical computations, the unit prices shall not be changed. D. Cancellation or postponement; The City may cancel or postpone that bid opening or cancel the Invitation to Bid in its entirety. E. Withdrawal; Prior to any published bid opening date and time, a bidder may withdraw his or her bid in writing. A fax is permitted for this purpose, provided a confirming telecon is made. F. Amendments; Prior to any published bid opening date and time, a bidder may amend the bid provided that it is in writing, in a sealed envelope, and identified. 14. AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS The obligations of the City of Sebastian under this award are subject to the availability of funds lawfully appropriated for its purpose by the City Council of the City of Sebastian. 15. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES Any person or firm submitting a bid in response to this invitation must execute the attached SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133, FLORIDA STATUES, PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES, including proper check(s) in the space(s) provided, and enclose it with said bid. 16. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE The Drug -Free Workplace form, as attached hereto, shall be submitted with the bidding documents. 17. BID GUARANTEE The Bidder warrants that the unit prices, terms, and conditions quoted in the bid will be firm for acceptance for a period of not less than sixty (60) days from the bid opening date. Such prices will remain firm for the period of performance of resulting purchase orders or contracts which are to be performed. 18. BID BOND (ONLY IF CALLED FOR IN THE NOTICE OF INVITATION TO BID) A Bid Bond equal to five percent (5%) of the bid amount shall be required on this project, and must be submitted along with the two (2) copies of the Bid, failure to do so will automatically disqualify the Bid. Unsuccessful bidders shall be entitled to return of surety after final award of bid. A successful bidder shall forfeit the amount of its security upon failure on his part to execute a agreement within ten (10) days after receipt of a proposed agreement from the City unless the time for executing the agreement is extended by the City. 19. PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS (ONLY IF CALLED FOR IN THE NOTICE OF INVITATION TO BID) Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 1-3 of 87 April 2007 /101*4N A payment and Performance Bond equal to one hundred percent (1105) of the Agreement price shall be required on this project, and shall be provided by the successful bidder at the stipulated time of the execution of the agreement, failure to do so shall cause said bidder to be in default and forfeit his Bid Bond in its entirety. (Sample Forms are provided for information purposes.) NOTE: BID BOND AND PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND REQUIREMENTS: The bond (s) shall be provided by a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Florida, and approved by the City Manager and City Attorney. In lieu of a bond(s) the contractor may furnish as security in favor of the City a certified check, a cashiers check or an irrevocable letter of credit. The check or letter of credit shall be drawn on or issued by a bank authorized to do business in the State of Florida. The form of the check or letter or credit must be approved by the City Manager and City Attorney. Attorneys -in -fact who sign Bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their Power -of -Attorney. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended), and be authorized to transact business in the State of Florida. ' 20. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (ONLY IF CALLED FOR IN THE NOTICE OF INVITATION TO BID) The City shall be entitled to liquidated damages in the amount as shown in the Notice of Invitation to Bid, per day for every day that the Contractor is late in completing the work as stipulated in the agreement, and bidding documents. Said damages shall be deducted by the City from monies due Contractor. 21. INSURANCE Cost for all insurance shall be borne by the Bidder. All insurance shall be acceptable to the Owner in its sole discretion. A signed Certificate(s) of Insurance evidencing required insurance coverages maintained by the Bidder in the types and amounts required hereunder shall be transmitted to Owner prior to Contract execution. Each Certificate(s) shall include a minimum thirty (30) day endeavor to provide written notification to Owner for cancellation or non -renewal of coverage herein. All Bidders shall submit evidence of insurance as indicated in the Construction Contract, Section 11.8. 22. BID AWARD The contract/agreement will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose bid, conforming to the specifications and Instructions For Bidders, will be most advantageous to the City in consideration of price, time of performance, and other factors as determined by the City. 23. REJECTION OF BIDS Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 14 of 87 April 2007 /00*N The City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the work, and to negotiate contract terms with the successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all non -conforming, non-responsive, imbalanced, or conditional Bids. More than one Bid from an individual, form or association under same or different names, will not be considered. Any or all Bids will be rejected if there is reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, and no participants in such collusion will be considered in future proposals for the same work. 24. REFERENCES References are required and must be submitted with the Bid proposal form. Failure to submit references as required may disqualify your Bid. Name and phone number to contact shall be included. 25. LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS A list of Sub -Contractors is required and must be submitted with the Bid proposal. Failure to submit a list of Sub -Contractors may disqualify your Bid. 26. CO-OPERATIVE PURCHASING It is the intent of the Notice of Invitation to Bid to secure goods or services to be used by the City of Sebastian. However, by virtue of bidding, the Bidder accepts the right of other Government Entities to "piggyback" purchase from this proposal by mutual consent. Any such purchase shall be separate and apart from the City of Sebastian, and /4046� said City assumes no liability for such action. 27. DISCRIMINATION The Bidder/Contractor shall not practice or condone personnel or supplier discrimination of any nature whatsoever, in any manner proscribed by Federal or State of Florida laws and regulations. r, 0*N 28. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) PROGRAM The City has an overall ten percent (10%) race -neutral DBE goal. This means that the City's goal is to spend at least 10% of the dollars with Certified DBE's as prime Contractors or as subcontractors. Race -neutral means that the City believes that the 10% overall goal can be achieved through the normal competitive procurement process. The City has reviewed this project and assigned a DBE availability goal of (10%) percent for this project. Although not a contract requirement, the City believes that this DBE percentage can realistically be achieved on this project based on the number of DBE's associated with the different types of work that will be required. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 1-5 of 87 April 2007 n n Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 1-6 of 87 April 2007 f'0"41N 2 BID FORMS Bidders shall submit, on the forms provided (Attachments 1-7), the information required. Bidders that fail to complete and show evidence of compliance with the following subsections shall be considered unqualified, and shall not be given further consideration in the bid process. 2.1 Licensing Bidder shall be licensed in accordance with the following: Chapter 489, Part I, Florida Statutes and Chapter 61G4, Florida Administrative Code. Bidder shall provide copy of license as part of bid documents. Contractor shall be able to be properly licensed in the City of Sebastian before beginning construction. If the Bidder is a joint venture, the individual empowered by a properly executed Declaration of Joint Venture and Power of Attorney Form shall execute the proposal. The proposal shall clearly identify who will be responsible for the engineering, quality control, and geotechnical and construction portions of the Work, and license numbers and copies of these licenses/professional registrations shall be provided with Attachment 1. 2.2 Drug Free Workplace Statement The Drug -Free Workplace form, as attached hereto, shall be submitted with the qualification package. 2.3 Public Entity Crimes Any person or firm submitting a Proposal in response to this invitation must execute the attached SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133, FLORIDA STATUES, PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES, including proper check(s) in the space(s) provided, and enclose it with said qualifications package. 2.4 Bid Price Bid prices shall be submitted on the Bid Price Form (Attachment 5) attached hereto and shall include prices for the items listed. The prices shall include all costs for all construction of the Project, and all other work necessary to fully and timely complete that portion of the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all job site and home office overhead, and profit, it being understood that payment of that amount for of the Project will be full, complete, and final compensation for the work required to complete the Project. The Bid price shall be delivered in a sealed package, within the time specified in the advertisement, to the following: City of Sebastian — City Hall 1225 Main Street Sebastian, FL 32958 The package shall indicate clearly that it is the Bid and shall identify clearly the Bidder's name, and project description. The Bid shall be secured and unopened until the date specified for opening of the Bids. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-7 of 87 April 2007 r'"111\ / "hN ATTACHMENT 1 (CONTRACTOR INFORMATION FORM) TO: Sebastian Municipal Airport 1225 Main Street Sebastian, FL 32958 Ladies/Gentlemen: Having carefully examined the Proposal Documents and Drawings entitled Airport Maintenance Storage Building, Sebastian Municipal Airport, City of Sebastian, Florida, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, and confirming that the sites were visited, as required, by (Name of Person or Persons) on (date or dates) the undersigned hereby seeks qualification to furnish all labor and material and to perform all work as required by and in strict accordance with the above-named documents. Principal Office Address: (1) How many years has your organization been in business as a contractor under your present name? (2) How many years experience in construction work has your organization had as a general contractor? As a Subcontractor? (3) List below the requested information concerning projects your organization has completed in the last five (5) years for the type of work required in this project. (Use additional sheets if necessary). Include the type of work similar to the work included in this contract if possible. Project Contract Required Actual Name/Address/Tel Title Amount Completion Date Completion Date of Owner Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-8 of 87 April 2007 (4) Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why? (5) Has any officer or partner of your organization ever been an officer or partner of some other organization that failed to complete a construction contract? If so, state name of individual, name of other organization, and reason therefore. (6) Has any officer or partner of your organization ever failed to complete a construction contract handled in his own name? If so, state name of individual, name of owner and reason therefor. (7) Give below any information which would indicate the size and capacity of your organization, including number of employees, equipment owned by your organization, etc., which are available for utilization on this Contract. (8) What is your bonding capacity? (9) What amount of your bonding capacity has been used as of the date of this bid? Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-9 of 87 April 2007 (10) How many applications for performance and payment bonds have you made in the last three (3) years? (11) How many of these applications were not approved? (12) Have any claims been filed against your surety bond company in the last five (5) years? If so, describe the nature of the claims and give the names of the surety companies, dates of each claim, identifying numbers of each claim, amounts of each claim, and the status of each claim. (Use additional sheets if necessary.) (13) Have your company been in disputes or litigations in the last five (5) years over construction projects which are completed or still pending for completion? If so, describe the nature of the disputes or litigations and state the Owner's Name, Address, Telephone, and amount of disputes or litigations. (Use additional sheets if necessary.) Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-10 of 87 April 2007 I, the undersigned, do hereby declare that the foregoing statements are true and correct, all as of the date hereinafter set forth, and that those examining this document have my permission to contact any or all of those parties listed in this questionnaire. Incorrect or misleading statements in this questionnaire shall be grounds for a determination of nonresponsibility with respect to such contractor. Respectfully Submitted, (Name of Bidder) (Authorized Signature) (Title) (Date) (Address and Telephone No.) FLORIDA STATE CONTRACTOR DATA (Required): *Contractor's License Number: Classification: Monetary Limit: /00� *ATTACH A COPY OF APPROPRIATE LICENSES Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-11 of 87 April 2007 n r� Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-12 of 87 April 2007 /,",IN ATTACHMENT 2 (DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE FORM) The undersigned Bidder, in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies that does: 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business' policy of maintaining a drug free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, employee assistance programs and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under proposal a copy of the statement specified in Paragraph 1. 4. In the statement specified in Paragraph 1, notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any violation of Chapter 1893 or of any controlled substance law of the United Stated or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug free workplace through implementation of Paragraph 1 through 5. As the person authorized to sign this statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the above requirements. Date: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Signature: Page 2-13 of 87 April 2007 n n n Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-14 of 87 April 2007 /OokN ATTACHMENT 3 (PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES FORM) SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(a). FLORIDA STATUES ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. 1.01 This sworn statement is submitted with Proposal for Airport Maintenance Storage Building, Sebastian Municipal Airport, City of Sebastian, Florida. 1.02 This sworn statement is submitted by (name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement:( ). 1.03 My name is Individual signing) entity named above is: and my relationship to the (please print name of 1.04 I understand that a "public entity crime" is defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statues, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, any proposal or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and f'o**N involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 1.05 I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(l)(b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trail court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 1.06 I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statues, means: (1) A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or (2) An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 1.07 I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(c), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in i00� management of an entity. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-15 of 87 April 2007 /''"'N. 14� 1.08 Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Please indicate which statement applies.) Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND (Please indicate which additional statement applies.) There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings, the final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate on the convicted vendor list. (Please attach a copy of the final order.) The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. There has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administration Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. (Please attach a copy of the final order.) The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. (Please describe any action taken by or pending with the Department of General Services.) SWORN STATEMENT - PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES (CONTINUED) (Signature) Date: STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of , 2007 by produced My Commission Expires: Commission Number: (title) on behalf of (name of partnership), a partnership. He/she is personally known to me or has as identification and did ( ) did not ( ) take an oath. NOTARY PUBLIC END OF SWORN STATEMENT - PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-16 of 87 April 2007 ATTACHMENT 4 (BID BOND) (This form provided by City of Sebastian as an example of the form of bond, the actual bond form must conform to the standards required by Florida Statutes) K VOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that, we the undersigned, as Bidder, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Sebastian, Florida, in the penal sum of five (5%) percent of the Total Bid Amount which is $ for payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns. Signed this day of , 2002. The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Bidder has submitted to the City of Sebastian a certain BID, attached hereto and hereby made a part of hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for AIRPORT MAINTENANCE STORAGE BUILDING. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said BID shall be rejected, or (b) If said BID shall be accepted and the Bidder shall execute and deliver a contract !""N in the form of Agreement attached hereto (property completed in accordance with said BID) and shall furnish a Performance Bond for faithful performance of said contract, and Payment Bond for the payment of all persons performing labor, furnishing materials in connection herewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety of any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its Bid Bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the City of Sebastian may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bidder and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their property officers, the day and year first set forth above. Bidder Name Printed or Typed Bidder - Authorized Signature Surety Printed or Typed By: Bidder - Authorized Signature Bidder - Printed or typed Name and Title Surety - Printed or Typed Name and Title Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 2-17 of 87 ATTACHMENT 5 (BID SCHEDULE) PROJECT LOCATION/DESCRIPTION: Sebastian Municipal Airport, Sebastian Florida, Airport Maintenance Storage Building Liquidated Damages shall be assessed in the amount of $200/calendar day for days in excess of 90 Calendar Days for Construction and substantial completion, 30 for punch -out. See DWG CLI and Section 1230 for a detailed description of bid alternates. Item No. Item Description Unit Ouantity Unit Price Extension Base Bid I Mobilization LS 1 $ $ 2 Base Bid Metal Building, LS 1 $ $ 3 Plumbing LS l $ $ 4 Building and Site Electrical LS 1 $ $ 5 Concrete foundation, including final compaction of LS 1 $ $ Building Foundation 6 Erosion Control LS 1 $ $ Total Base Bid: $ Additive Alternate Bid Items: A-1 Additional Storage Area, approx 20'x 60', as LS 1 $ $ described on Drawings and in Section 1230. A-2 Additional Metal Building Canopy, as described LS 1 $ $ on Drawings and in Section 1230. A-3 Chain Link Fence (interior and exterior), as LS 1 $ $ described on Drawings and in Section 1230. A-4 Unit Heaters, as described on Drawings and in LS 1 $ $ Section 1230. A-5 Plywood Liner Panels, as described on Drawings LS 1 $ $ and in Section 1230. A-6 Alternate Vehicle Bay No. 4, as described on LS 1 $ $ Drawings and in Section 1230. A-7 Flexible Paving and concrete parking stops, as SF 7,000 $ $ described on Drawings and in Section 1230. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 2-18 of 87 �.� A-8 Sanitary Sewer Piping„ as described on Drawings LF 430 $ and in Section 1230. Includes all fittings, cleanouts, backfill, compaction, trench paving. W A-9 Landscaping and Irrigation LS 1 $ $ Bid award will be made to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose bid, confirming to the specifications, Instructions For Bidders, and Contract Documents, will be the most advantageous to the City in consideration of price, time of performance, and other factors as determined by the City. Further, the City reserves the right to award the Bid based on any one or all of the "Additive Alternates;" therefore, each "Total Base Bid+Additive alternate" price must be ready to stand on its own. The BIDDER must submit bids on the Base Bid including the "Add Alternates" shown above. The undersigned, having become thoroughly familiar with all of the Agreement & Bidding Documents incorporated herein, the project site and the location conditions affecting the work, hereby proposes to perform everything required to be performed in strict conformity with the requirements of these documents, and to provide and furnish all the equipment, labor and materials necessary to provide the construction services meeting or exceeding the specifications as set forth herein for the prices quoted above. The price quoted is inclusive of any Addenda, which may be issued. If awarded this bid, the Contractor agrees to enter into a contract within ten (10) consecutive calendar days notice by the city, and agrees to all the terms and conditions of all documents stated herein with the City of Sebastian for the above stipulated prices which shall remain firm for sixty (60) days following bid opening date. Failure to execute the Contract as stipulated above may result in the forfeiture of the Bid Bond in its entirety. Proposal Security The undersigned acknowledges that it has included with its Bid the required Bid Security for not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of its Proposal. Addenda It is agreed that the undersigned has received all addenda complete as issued by the Owner and that related costs are included in the proposal submitted. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of said addenda as follows: Addendum # dated Addendum # dated Addendum # dated Authorized Signature Firm Name Date Signed Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents End Attachment 5 (Bid Schedule) Page 2-19 of 87 Printed Name Title Phone Number April 2007 /1016� ATTACHMENT 6 (DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS) �a THIS FORM MUST ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL PRICE FORM AND MUST BE COMPLETED AS APPLICABLE. Use additional sheets as necessary. Name, Address and Telephone Number of Subcontractor Type and Description of Work to be Performed Contract Amount 1. $ 2 $ 3 $ 4. $ 5. $ 6. $ 7. $ TOTAL DOLLAR VALUE OF SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION: $ PERCENT SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION: % Name of BIDDER: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-20 of 87 April 2007 ps n Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-21 of 87 April 2007 /001111) ATTACHMENT 7 (FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT) CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT The undersigned acknowledges the requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Act., F.S., (Section 553.60 et. seq. Florida statutes), and hereby commits the Bidder to the following in the performance of the work in the event that the subject contract is awarded to and executed by said Bidder. 1. The Bidder further acknowledges that the Florida Trench Safety Act, (the Act) establishes the Federal excavation safety standards set forth at 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P as the Interim State Standard until such time as the State of Florida, through its Department of Labor and Employment Security, or any successor agency, adopts, updates or revises said interim standard. This State of Florida standard may by supplemented by special shoring requirements established by the State of Florida or any of its political subdivisions. 2. The Bidder, as Contractor, shall comply with all applicable excavation/trench safety standards. 3. The Contractor shall consider the geotechnical data available from the City, if any, the Contractor's own sources, and all other relevant information in providing the trench safety system to be employed on the subject Project. The Contractor acknowledges sole responsibility for the selection of the data on which he relies in providing the safety system, as well as for the system itself. 4. The amounts that the Bidder has set forth for pipe installation includes the following excavation / trench safety measures and the linear feet of trench excavated under each safety measure. These units, costs, and unit prices shall be disclosed solely for the purpose of compliance with procedural requirements of the Act. No adjustment to the Contract time or price shall be made for any difference in the actual number of linear feet of trench excavation, except as may be otherwise provided in these Contract Documents. Trench Safety Units of Measure Unit Unit Cost Extended Cost Measure (Description) (LF, SF) (Quantity) a. b. C. d. e. For Information Only, Not for Payment Purposes $ Bidder may use additional sheets as necessary to extend this form. Failure to complete the above may result in the bid being declared non-responsive. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-22 of 87 April 2007 �..,� 5. The amount disclosed is the cost of compliance with the applicable trench safety requirements does not constitute the extent of the Contractor's obligation to comply with said standards. Contractor shall expend additional sums at no additional cost to the County, if necessary, to comply with the Act (except as may otherwise be provided). 6. Acceptance of the bid to which this certification and disclosure applies in no way represents that the County or its representative has evaluated and thereby determined that the above costs are adequate to comply with the applicable trench safety requirements nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor of its sole responsibility to comply with the applicable trench safety requirements. Company Name and Title Address: Telephone: ) END OF FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT STATEMENT Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-23 of 87 April 2007 r-, Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-24 of 87 April 2007 n Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 2-25 of 87 April 2007 3 CONSTRUCTION SERVICES AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT made this day of ,2006 by and between the CITY OF SEBASTIAN, a municipal corporation of the State of Florida, 1225 Main Street, Sebastian, Florida, 32958, ("City") and , a Florida corporation authorized to do business in the State of Florida, ("Contractor.") WHEREAS, the City desires to engage a Florida licensed contractor who has special and unique competence and experience in providing airfield signage, lighting and electrical services, and provide other improvements necessary to complete the Project hereunder; and WHEREAS, the Contractor represents that it has such competence and experience in providing these services; and WHEREAS, the City in reliance on such representation has selected the Contractor in accordance with its procedure for selection of Contractor; and WHEREAS, the City and the Contractor desire to reduce to writing their understanding and agreements on such professional services. IT IS, THEREFORE, AGREED as follows: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents Page 3-26 of 87 April 2007 � ARTICLE I - THE CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP 1.0 Employment of Contractor The City hereby agrees that it may engage the Contractor and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform professional services for the City in accordance with this Agreement. This Agreement is not an exclusive agreement and the City may employ other contractors, professional or technical personnel to furnish services for the City as the City in its sole discretion finds is in the public interest. The Agreement shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between the City and the Subcontractor(s), or, between any person or firm other than the City and Contractor. The Contractor shall not sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or of his right, title of interest therein or his obligations thereunder, or moneys due or to become due under this Contract. 2.0 Agreement Documents The Agreement Documents (also called CONTRACT DOCUMENTS) consist of this Agreement, Supplemental Agreement(s), Request for Bid Documents, Contract Proposal, Bond Forms, Plans and Technical Specifications, the Grant Agreement, Work Orders, Change Orders, Addenda if any, any other documents listed in the Agreement Documents, and written modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, if any. 2.1 Intent The Specifications are an integrated part of the Contract Documents and as such will not stand alone if used independently. The Specifications establish minimum standards of quality for this Project. They do not purport to cover all details entering into the design and construction of materials or equipment. The intent of the Agreement Documents is to set forth requirements of performance, type of equipment and structures, and standards of materials and construction. It is also intended to include all labor and materials, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work, to require new material and equipment unless otherwise indicated, and to require complete performance of the Work in spite of omission of specific reference to any minor component part and to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. Performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Agreement Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 2.2 Entire and Sole Agreement Except as specifically stated herein, the Agreement Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all other agreements, representations, warranties, statements, promises, and understandings not specifically set forth in the Agreement Documents. Neither party has in any way relied, nor shall in any way rely, upon any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, statements, promises or understandings not specifically set forth in the Agreement Documents. 2.3 Amendments The parties may modify this Agreement at any time by written agreement. Neither the Agreement Documents nor any term thereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. /0"N" Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-27 of 87 2.4 Construing Terms This Agreement shall not be construed against the party who drafted the same, as both parties have obtained experts of their choosing to review the legal and business adequacy of the same. 2.5 Governing Law and Waiver of Trial by Jury This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida, and any venue for any action pursuant to the Agreement Documents shall be in Indian River County, Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury in any action to enforce or otherwise resolve any dispute arising hereunder. 2.6 Term This Agreement shall commence on the day it is executed by both parties and the term of the Agreement shall extend until the Project is complete unless terminated in accordance with the terms hereunder. 3.0 Definition of Terms 3.1 General Whenever the following terms appear in these Agreement Documents, their intent and meaning shall, unless specifically stated otherwise, be interpreted as shown. 3.2 Act Of God The words "Act of God" mean an earthquake, flood, hurricane (or other named tropical event), tornado or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. Rain, Wind or other natural phenomenon (including tropical waves and depressions) of normal intensity for the locality shall not be construed as an Act of God. 3.3 ADDENDUM (Re: Bid Documents) A modification of the plans or other contract documents issued by the Owner and distributed to prospective bidders prior to the opening of bids. All Addenda shall be considered as part of the Contract Documents. 3.4 Agreement A written agreement between the Contractor and Owner defining in detail the work to be performed. The words Agreement and Contract, are one and the same. 3.5 A.S.T.M. Desip-nation Wherever the letters "A.S.T.M." are used in the Specifications, it shall be understood as referring to the American Society for Testing Materials. When reference is made to a certain Designated Number of a specification or test as set out or given by the American Society for Testing Materials, it shall be understood to mean the current, up-to-date standard specification or tentative specification for that particular process, material or test as currently published by that group. 3.6 BID or PROPOSAL The bid or proposal is the written offer of a Bidder to perform work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form properly sealed and guaranteed. The bid or proposal shall be considered as part of the Contract Documents. 3.7 BID BOND or PROPOSAL GUARANTEE: Bidder shall submit a Bid Bond or Proposal Guarantee in the amount of 5% of the Base Bid, in the form of a Cashier's Check, Unconditional Irrevocable Letter of Credit drawn in favor of the City of Sebastian on a National Bank, or a bond from a surety company duly licensed in the State of Florida. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-28 of 87 3.8 Bidder An individual, partnership, or corporation submitting a proposal for the work contemplated; acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. 3.9 Change Order A written order issued to the Contractor by the City and covering changes in the plans, specifications, or scope of work when the amount of work changed is not deemed sufficient to require a supplemental agreement, or adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time. 3.10 Contract Addendum A special written provision modifying or clarifying the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contract Addendum shall be considered as part of the contract documents. 3.11 Contractor The word "Contractor" shall mean an individual, partnership, or corporation, and his, their or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, or the lawful agent of any such individual, firm, partnership, covenant or corporation, or his, their or its surety under any contract bond, constituting one of the principals to the Contract and undertaking to perform the work herein. 3.12 Directed, Ordered, Approved & Etc. Wherever in the Agreement Document the words "directed", "ordered", "approved", "permitted", "acceptable", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, order, approval or acceptance of the Owner is intended unless otherwise stated. 3.13 Engineer A Professional Engineer duly licensed and registered in the State of Florida and designated by the City as Engineer. The City may designate a staff member as Engineer who is not licensed. 3.14 General Conditions The directions, provisions and requirements contained within the Agreement Documents, all describing the general manner of performing the Work including detailed technical requirements relative to labor, material equipment, and methods by which the Work is to be performed and prescribing the relationship between the City and the Contractor. 3.15 Inspector A duly authorized representative of the City assigned to make official inspections of the materials furnished and of the work performed by the Contractor. 3.16 Laboratory Any licensed and qualified laboratory designated by or acceptable to the Owner to perform necessary testing of materials. 3.17 Owner City of Sebastian 3.18 Performance and Payment Bonds Contractor shall submit bonds in the form prescribed by State Law, and generally as shown on sample forms herein, for Performance and Payment, each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Amount. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-29 of 87 3.19 Plans The official, approved plans, including reproduction thereof, showing the location, character, dimensions and details of the work to be done. All shop drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be considered as part of the contract documents. 3.20 Proposal The proposal or bid is the written offer of a Bidder to perform the work described by the Contract Documents when made out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and guaranteed. The proposal or bid shall be considered as part of the contract documents. 3.21 Special Conditions Special clauses or provisions, supplemental to the Plans, Standard Specifications and other contract documents, setting forth conditions varying from or additional to the Standard Specifications for a specific project. 3.22 Specifications The directions, provisions, and requirements together with all written agreements made or to be made, setting forth or relating to the method and manner of performing the Work, or to the quantities and qualities of materials, labor and equipment to be furnished under the Agreement. 3.23 Subcontractor An individual, partnership or corporation supplying labor, equipment or materials under a direct contract with the contractor for work on the project site. Included is the one who supplies materials fabricated or formulated to a special design according to the plans and specifications for the particular project. I""N 3.24 Supplemental Agreement A written understanding, or proposal and acceptance, executed between the City and the Contractor subsequent to execution of the Agreement herein with the written consent of the Contractor's Surety, relating to the work covered by the Agreement and clarifying or furthering the terms thereof. A modification to the Agreement shall be made by Contract Addendum. 3.25 Surety Surety is a corporation qualified to act as surety under the laws of Florida, who executes the Contractor's Performance and Payment Bonds and is bound with the Contractor for the acceptable performance of the contracted work and for the payment of all debts pertaining thereto. 3.26 WORK, (The) or PROJECT, (The) The public improvement contemplated in the Plans and Specifications called the Taxiway Rehabilitation and Aircraft Parking Apron Project, and all actions necessary to construct the same. 3.27 Work Order Work orders are work instructions including specification and plans that show the location, character, dimensions and details to the work to be done. Work orders are specific instructions, of limited scope, that will be a part of this contract. Work orders shall be considered as part of the contract documents. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-30 of 87 ARTICLE II - PERFORMANCE 4.0 Plans, Specifications and Related Data 4.1 Intent of Plans and Specifications The intent of the Plans, Specifications, Work Orders and other Contract Documents is that the Contractor furnishes all labor and materials, equipment, supervision and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work unless specifically noted otherwise. The Contractor shall do all the work shown on the Plans and described in the Specifications and other Contract Documents and all incidental work considered necessary to substantially complete the Work ready for use, occupancy, or operation in a manner acceptable to the City. 4.2 Conflict In the event of any inconsistency, discrepancy or conflict between the Agreement, the Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; Technical Specifications shall govern over the general contract provisions, plans, and cited standards or FAA circulars; general contract provisions shall govern over plans, and cited standards or FAA circulars; and plans shall govern over cited standards or FAA circulars. 4.3 Discrepancies in Plans Any discrepancies found between the Plans and Specifications and site conditions, or any errors or omissions in the Plans or Specifications, shall be immediately reported to the Engineer and City. The Engineer shall promptly determine the validity and seriousness of the claimed condition and correct any such error or omission in writing, or otherwise direct Contractor. Any work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, errors or omissions shall be done at the Contractor's risk. Any correction or errors or omissions in Plans and Specifications may be made by the Engineer when such correction is necessary for the proper fulfillment of their intention as construed by him. Where said correction of errors or omissions, except as provided in the next two (2) paragraphs below, adds to the amount of work to be done by the Contractor, compensation for said additional work shall be made under the Paragraph 10.7 CHANGES IN THE WORK below, except where the additional work may be classed under some item of work for which a unit price is included in the proposal. The fact that specific mention of any part of work is omitted in the Specifications, whether intentionally or otherwise, when the same is clearly shown or indicated on the Plans, or is usually and customarily required to complete fully such work as is specified herein, will not entitle the Contractor to consideration in the matter of any claim for extra compensation, but the said work must be installed or done the same as if called for by both the Plans and Specifications. All work indicated on the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications or vice versa, and all work and material usual and necessary to make the Work complete in all its parts, whether or not they are indicated on the Plans or mentioned in the Specifications, shall be furnished and executed the same as if they were called for by both the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any errors or omissions in the Plans and Specifications. The Engineer will provide full information when errors or omissions are discovered. 4.4 Drawings and Specifications at Job Site One (1) complete set of all Plans, Specifications, Work Orders, Addenda, Change Orders, Shop Drawings and samples shall be maintained at the job site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made /d..N during the construction process, and shall be available to the Engineer and City at all times. A final copy Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-31 of 87 �••� thereof, along with "as -built" record drawings, operations and maintenance manuals, and data sheets, shall be delivered to the Engineer upon the completion of the Work. 4.5 Dimensions Dimensions shown on the Plans will be used. Where the work of the Contractor is affected by finished dimensions, these shall be verified by the Contractor at site, and he shall assume the responsibility for their use. 4.6 Sampling and Testing Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials, and the laboratory methods and testing equipment, required under the Specifications shall be in accordance with the latest standards or tenets of the American Society for Testing Materials. The testing of samples and materials shall be made at the expense of the Contractor, except where indicated otherwise. The Contractor shall furnish any required samples without charge. The Contractor shall be given sufficient notification of the placing of orders for materials to permit testing. As an exception to the above, when the Contractor represents a material or an item of work as meeting Specifications and under recognized test procedures it fails, any re -testing shall be at the Contractor's expense, billed at the Testing Laboratory's standard rate for individual tests. It is expected that all inspections and testing of materials and equipment will be done locally. If the Contractor desires that inspections for tests be made outside of the local area, all expenses, including per diem for the Engineer or Inspectors, shall be borne by the Contractor. 4.7 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall provide shop drawings, setting schedules and other drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the Work in the shop and in the field as required by the Plans and Specifications or Engineer's instructions. Deviations from the Plans and Specifications shall be called to the attention of the City at the time of the first submission of shop drawings and other drawings. The City's approval of any shop drawings shall not release the Contractor from responsibility for errors, corrections of details, or conformance with the Contract. Shop drawings shall be submitted according to the following schedule: (a) Three (3) copies shall be submitted to the City at least thirty (30) days before the materials indicated thereon are to be needed or earlier if required to prevent delay of work or to comply with subparagraph (b). (b) The City shall, within fourteen (14) days of the submittal of any shop drawings, return two (2) copies to the Contractor marked with any corrections and changes required and noting if the drawings are acceptable as noted, or if resubmittal is required. (c) The Contractor shall then correct the shop drawings to conform to the corrections and changes requested by the City and resubmit three (3) copies to the City. (d) Two (2) copies of Approved Shop Drawings shall be returned to the Contractor by the City. 4.8 Quality of Equipment and Materials In order to establish standards of quality, the Specifications may refer to certain products by name and catalog number. This procedure is not to be construed as eliminating from competition other products of equal or better quality by other manufacturers where fully suitable in design. The Contractor shall furnish to the City a complete list of his proposed desired substitutions prior to the signing of the Contract, together with such engineering and catalog data as the City may require. Further substitutions may be submitted during the course of work in accordance with Paragraph 4.10 SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR MATERIAL below. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-32 of 87 The Contractor shall abide by the City's judgment when proposed substitution of materials or items or equipment are judged to be unacceptable and shall furnish the specified material or item of equipment in such case. All proposals for substitutions shall be submitted to the City in writing by the Contractor and not by individual trades or material suppliers. The City will advise of approval or disapproval of proposed substitutions in writing within a reasonable time. No substitute materials shall be used unless approved by City in writing. 4.9 Eauipment Aooroval Data The Contractor shall furnish one (1) copy of complete catalog data for every manufactured item of equipment and all components to be used in the Work, including specific performance data, material description, rating, capacity, material gauge or thickness, brand name, catalog number and general type. This submission shall be compiled by the Contractor and submitted to the City for review and written approval before any of the equipment is ordered. Each data sheet or catalog in the submission shall be indexed according to specification section and paragraph for easy reference. After written approval is received by the Contractor, submission shall become a part of the Contract and may not be deviated from except upon written approval of the City. Catalog data for equipment approved by the City does not in any case supersede the Contract Documents. The acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from Plans or Specifications, unless he has called the City's attention, in writing, to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in the items submitted. The Contractor shall check the. work described by the catalog data with the Contract Documents for deviations /On*� and errors. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to insure that items to be furnished fit the space available. He shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall order such sizes and shapes of equipment that the field installation shall suit the true intent and meaning of the Plans and Specifications. W Where equipment requiring different arrangement of connections from those shown is approved, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly, and in harmony with the intent of the Plans and Specifications, and to make all changes in the Work required by the different arrangement of connections at his own expense. 4.10 Substitution of Equipment and/Or Material After the execution of the Contract Agreement, the substitution of equipment and/or material for that specified will be considered if: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-33 of 87 (a) The equipment and/or materials proposed for substitution is determined by the City to be equal or superior to that specified in the Contract; (b) Unless determined to be of superior quality, the equipment and/or material proposed for substitution is less expensive than that specified and that such savings to the City, as proposed by the Contractor, are submitted with the request for substitution. If the substitution is approved, the Contract price shall be reduced accordingly; and (c) The equipment and/or material proposed for substitution is readily available and its delivery and use, if approved as a substitution, will not delay the scheduled start and completion of the specified work for which it is intended or the scheduled completion of the entire work to be completed under the contract. No request will be considered unless submitted in writing to the City and approval by the City must also be in writing. To receive consideration, requests for substitutions must be accompanied by documentary proof of the actual difference in cost to the Contractor in the form of quotations to the contractor covering the original equipment and/or material, and also equipment and/or material proposed for substitution or other proof satisfactory to the City. It is the intention that the City shall receive the full benefit of the saving in cost involved in any substitution unless the item is substituted for one designated in the Specifications by specific manufacturer's name and type, in which case one-third of the savings shall accrue to the benefit of the Contractor. In all cases, the burden of proving adequate proof that the equipment and/or material offered for substitution is equal or superior in construction and/or efficiency to that named in the Contract shall rest on the Contractor and the proof will be submitted to the City. Request for substitution of equipment and/or material which the Contractor cannot prove to the satisfaction of the City, at its sole discretion and judgment, to be equal or superior in construction and/or efficiency to that named in the Contract will not /'0"*'N be approved. ka 5.0 Materials and Workmanship 5.1 Materials Furnished By the Contractor All materials and equipment used in the Work shall meet the requirements of the respective Specifications, and shall not be used until it has been approved in writing by the City. Wherever the specifications call for an item of material or equipment by a manufacturer's name and type, and additional features of the item are specifically required by the specifications, the additional features specified shall be provided whether or not they are normally included in the standard manufacturer's item listed. Wherever the specifications call for an item of material or equipment by a manufacturer's name and type, and the specified item becomes obsolete and is no longer available, the Contractor shall provide a substitute item of equal quality and performance which is acceptable to the Engineer and City and is currently available, at no increase in Contract price. 5.2 Storage of Materials Materials and equipment shall be stored so as to incur the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work. When considered necessary, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard clean surfaces, and not on the ground, and/or they shall be placed under cover. Stored materials and equipment shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. Private property zoned for, or adjacent to land zoned for, residential uses shall not be utilized for storage purposes. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-34 of 87 �••� 5.3 Rejected Work and Material Any materials, equipment or work which does not satisfactorily meet the Specifications may be condemned by the Engineer or City by giving a written notice to the Contractor. All condemned materials, equipment or work shall be promptly taken out and replaced. All materials and equipment which do not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, are not equal to samples approved by the Engineer and City, or are in any way unsatisfactory or unsuited to the purpose for which they are intended, shall be rejected. Any defective work whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damaged through carelessness or from other cause shall be removed within ten (10) days after written notice is given by the City, and the work shall be re -executed by the Contractor. The fact that the Engineer or the City may have previously overlooked such defective work shall not constitute an acceptance of any part of it. Should the Contractor fail to remove rejected work or materials within ten (10) days after written notice to do so, the City may remove them and may store the materials and equipment. Satisfaction of warranty work after final payment shall be in accordance with Paragraph 10.15. 5.4 Manufacturer's Direction Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer unless herein specified to the contrary. 5.5 Skill and Character of Workmen All workmen must have sufficient knowledge, skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Any foreman or workman employed by the Contractor or subcontractors who, in the opinion of the Engineer or the City does not perform his work in a skillful manner, or appears to be incompetent or to act in a disorderly or intemperate manner shall, at the written request of the City, be discharged immediately and shall not be employed again in any portion of the Work without the approval of the City. The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for the conduct and discipline of his employees and/or any subcontractor or persons employed by subcontractors. 5.6 Cutting and Patching The Contractor shall do all necessary cutting and patching of the Work that may be required to properly receive the work of the various trades or as required by the Plans and Specifications to complete the Work. He shall restore all such cut or patched work as directed by the Engineer or the City. Cutting of existing structures that could endanger the Work, adjacent property, workmen or the public shall not be done unless approved by the Engineer and under his surveillance. 5.7 Cleaning Up The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his employees or work. At the completion of the Work, he shall remove all his rubbish, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave his work "broom clean" or its equivalent, unless more exactly specified, and shall insure that all debris and other unsightly objects are removed and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. At no additional expense to the City, the Contractor will restore to their original conditions or better, as nearly as practicable, those portions of the site not designated for alteration and all such property, structure, utilities, landscaping, etc., disturbed or damaged during the prosecution of the Work. Final payment will be withheld until such clean up and repairs are completed The Work will be considered complete only after all debris and unused material due to or connected with the Work have been removed and the surrounding area left in a condition satisfactory to the City. In the event the City finds that the Contractor has not complied in keeping the job site clean, the City may, after twenty-four (24) hours written notice to the Contractor to correct the situation, elect to have the job site Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-35 of 87 t,ow� cleaned by an independent labor force. The cost of cleaning by said independent labor force shall be deducted from moneys due the Contractor. 5.8 City's Ownership of Materials Any and all materials, whether structural or natural, found within the limits of the project remain the property of the City unless City ownership is specifically conveyed to the Contractor. All material, equipment and work become the sole property of the City as installed. These provisions shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for all materials and work for which payments have been made, for the restoration of damaged work, or as a waiver of right of the City to require the fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract. 5.9 Guarantee The Contractor shall warrant all equipment furnished and work performed by him for a period of one (1) year from the date of final written acceptance of the Work by City. Satisfaction of warranty work after final payment shall be as per Paragraph 10.15. All equipment and material warranties or guarantees shall be drawn in favor of the City and the originals thereof furnished to the Engineer for review and acceptance prior to final payment. Such guarantee shall in no way limit or relieve the Contractor of liability from subsequent claims of beach of contract due to substandard materials or workmanship, nor shall such warranty period shorten the statute of limitations for bringing a breach of contract or other action based upon any such deficiencies. 6.0 Construction Staking To Be Performed By Contractor /am,� 6.1 Personnel, Equipment and Record Requirements Adequate field notes and records shall be available for review by the City and Engineer as the Work progresses and copies shall be available if necessary. Any inspection or checking of the Contractor's field notes or layout work by the City and the acceptance of all or any part thereof, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to achieve the lines, grades and dimensions shown in the Plans and Specifications. Prior to final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall mark in a permanent manner on the surface of the completed Work all control points shown on the Plans. 6.2 Control Points Furnished By the City_ The City will provide boundary or other control points and bench marks as shown on the Plans as "Contractor's Survey Control Point", if any is provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for all survey control of his work during construction. The Contractor shall preserve all reference points and benchmarks furnished by the City. 6.3 Furnishing of Stake Materials The Contractor shall furnish all stakes, templates and other materials necessary for establishing and maintaining the lines and grades necessary for control and construction of the Work. 6.4 Layout of Work Utilizing the control points furnished by the City in accordance with Paragraph 6.2, the Contractor shall establish all horizontal and vertical controls necessary to construct the Work in conformance with the Plans and Specifications. The Work shall include performing all calculations required and setting all stakes needed such as grade stakes, offset stakes, reference point stakes, slope stakes, and other reference marks or points necessary to provide lines and grades for construction of all roadway, bridge and miscellaneous items. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-36 of 87 f,..., Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the Project. 6.5 Specific Staking Requirements Stakes to establish lines and grades shall be set at appropriate intervals to assure that the Project is constructed to meet the lines and grades shown on the Plans. For bridge construction stakes and other control, references shall be set at sufficiently frequent intervals to assure that all components of a structure are constructed in accordance with the lines and grades shown in the Plans. 6.6 Payment The cost of performing layout work as described above shall be included in the contract prices for the various items of work to which it is incidental. 6.7 Coordination with City The City's recorded subdivision plats shall be considered correct. The distance, bearing and curve information provided shall be used by the Contractor's surveyor to establish alignment throughout construction. All surveying activities will be coordinated with the City's surveyor as needed for proper completion of all work on the site. Primary control monuments, originally set by the City, that are disturbed or destroyed during construction shall be accurately replaced by the Contractor's surveyor to the satisfaction of the City's surveyor. 6.8 Location of Existing Utilities and Piping All existing underground utilities, such as telephone, cable television and electrical cables must be located /'"N by the Contractor prior to starting work. The Contractor shall contact the Utilities at least 48 hours prior to commencing any work within the project area. There may be other utilities within the project area. The cost of substantiating the location of utilities shall be borne by the Contractor and included in the bid price. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and/or replacement of utilities which he damages during the course of construction. Utilities deemed to require relocation shall be identified by the Contractor prior to commencing work. The Contractor shall notice the City of the conflict and seek direction from the City prior to proceeding with work. Directions from the City may be to proceed despite conflict, place work order on hold and commence work at a different location, or relocate utilities under separate contract with the utility or a change order to be directed by the City. City reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another governmental agency, at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the City, such authorized work is indicated on the plans. Except as indicated on the plans or contract documents, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb the utility service or facilities located within the limits of the work without written permission of the Engineer. Should the owner of a utility or facility be authorized to perform construction, reconstruction, or maintenance as per this section, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners in arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is indicated on the drawings. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-37 of 87 �.., which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from the same. 7.0 Progress and Completion of Work 7.1 Contractor's Obligation Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using Contractor's best skill and attention. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under this Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall pay all sales, use and other similar taxes. Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Contractor currently holds and shall maintain at all times during the term of this Contract all required federal, state and local licenses necessary to perform the Work required under the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with Contractor. Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold City harmless from all claims arising out of or related to its performance of the Work except for acts arising solely from the active negligence of the City. 7.2 Start of Construction The Contractor shall commence work on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed subsequently issued by the City, or as specifically noted in any Contract Addendum. However, in no case shall the Contractor commence work until the City has been furnished and acknowledges receipt of the Contractor's Certificates of Insurance and a properly executed performance and payment bond as required. 7.3 Contract Time The contractor shall complete, in an acceptable manner, all of the Work in 105 days, subject to any Addenda or Change Orders hereto. 7.4 Schedule of Completion The Contractor's schedules are subject to the approval of the City, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall reflect a logical sequence of the various components of work and the anticipated rates of production necessary to complete the Work on or before the completion date. Said schedules shall be submitted within ten (10) days of the execution of the agreement by the City except when requested otherwise and shall be updated and resubmitted to the City on the twenty-fifth (25th) day of every month with the Contractor's pay request. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-38 of 87 /40M�N 7.5 Coordination of Construction: Preconstruction Conference The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other contractors, the City and utilities to assure orderly and expeditious progress of work. The City shall hold a pre -construction conference at Sebastian City Hall at a time and date mutually agreed upon with the Contractor after the Contract has been awarded and fully executed. 7.6 Property of Others A. Public Ownership The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public property, trees, monuments, etc., along and adjacent to the street and/or right-of-way, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage or injury thereto. He shall use suitable precautions to prevent damage to pipes, conduits and other underground structures, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all monuments and property marks until a land surveyor has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not remove them until so directed by the Engineer in writing. The City shall remove and relocate all traffic control signs as required. B. Private Ownership Mail and newspaper boxes, sprinkler systems, ornamental shrubs, lawn ornaments, house numbers, fences, etc. may be removed and relocated by the property owners. The City will not remove, relocate, or re -install mail boxes, sprinkler systems, ornamental shrubs, etc. belonging to a private property owner. However, should such items not be removed or relocated by the start of construction, the Contractor shall remove the objects, in a manner which does not damage or injure the objects at no extra cost to the City, which interfere with the construction of the Project and place them on the property owner's front lawn just f..�.� outside the project limits. Otherwise, the Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without obtaining permission from the property Owner thereof. Where extensive intrusions upon private property are required for construction, the City and Contractor shall cooperate to obtain Temporary Construction Easements from the landowner. 7.7 Protection of Existing Utilities and Facilities All utilities and all structures of any nature, whether below or above ground, that may be affected by the Work but are not required to be disturbed or relocated by the very nature of the project, shall be protected and maintained by the Contractor and shall not be disturbed or damaged by him during the progress of the Work; provided that, should the Contractor disturb, disconnect or damage any utility or any structure, all expenses of whatever nature arising from such disturbance or the replacement or repair and testing thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. 7.8 Crossing Public Facilities When new construction crosses highways, railroads, streets or similar public facilities under the jurisdiction of state, county, city, or other public agency or private entity, the City through the Engineer shall secure written permission prior to the commencement of construction of such crossing. The Contractor will be required to furnish evidence of compliance with conditions of the permit from the proper authority before final acceptance of the Work by City. Road closures are governed by Paragraph 8.3 below. 7.9 Changes in the Work The City may order changes in the Work through additions, deletions or modifications without invalidating the Contract; however, any change in the scope of work or substitution of materials shall require the written approval of the City. Compensation and time of completion affected by the change shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. New and unforeseen items of work found to be necessary and which cannot be covered by any item or combination of items for which there is a contract Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-39 of 87 price shall be classed as changes in the Work. The Contractor shall do such changes in the Work and furnish such materials, labor and equipment as may be required for the proper completion of construction of the work contemplated. In the absence of such written order, no claim for changes in the Work shall be considered. Changes in the Work shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications where applicable and work not covered by the specifications or special provisions shall be done in accordance with specifications issued for this purpose. Changes in the Work required in an emergency to protect life and property shall be performed by the Contractor as required. 7.10 Extension of Contract Time No extension of time shall be valid unless given in writing by the City. No monetary compensation shall be given for such delay. A delay beyond the Contractor's control occasioned by an "Act of God" may entitle the Contractor to an extension of time in which to complete the Work as determined by the City provided, however, the Contractor shall immediately give written notice to the City of the cause of such delay. "Rain day" extensions shall be granted upon written request of the Contractor to the City's Project Manager when said Project Manager determines that weather conditions make it counterproductive to work on said days. "Rain day" requests must be submitted at the end of each work week or be waived, and the cumulative "rain day" extensions granted shall be processed as a Change Order with each pay submittal. In the event that the City suspends the Work as provided in Paragraph 9.3, the Contractor shall be granted an extension of time to complete the Work for as many calendar days as the Work was suspended; except, however, that the Contractor will not be granted an extension of time to complete the Work if the suspension was caused by a fault of the Contractor. 7.11 Correction of Work Contractor shall, at no cost to the City, promptly correct Work failing to conform to requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after completion of the Work and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, and shall correct any Work found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents within a period of one (1) year from the date of completion of the Work or by the terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph apply to the Work done by Subcontractors as well as to the Work done by direct employees of Contractor. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one (1) year as described in Subparagraph 7.11(a) above relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work, and has no effect on the time within which the obligations of the Contract Documents may be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability with respect to Contractor's remaining contractual obligations. 7.12 Liquidated Damages In the event Contractor violates or fails to perform any provision of the Contract Documents, then the City may elect to receive, and Contractor agrees to pay, liquidated damages in the amount stated in the advertisement per day beyond the agreed milestones completion dates. Inspection of the Work by the City and the subsequent issuance of a notice by the City indicating substantial completion will be the date used to signify work completion. If completion is beyond the schedule agreed upon, liquidated damages may be imposed by the City on the Contractor and will be withheld from payment. It is expressly acknowledged by Contractor that said payment shall not be interpreted nor construed as a penalty but is in fact a good faith attempt to fix damages which the City will suffer in the event Contractor fails to perform as required hereunder or violates any provision of the Contract Documents. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-40 of 87 /10 ' 8.0 Public Health and Safety 8.1 Protection of Persons and Property The Contractor shall submit, for the City's approval, a project safety and security plan which describes the Contractor's plans and procedures to protect the safety and property of property owners, residents, and passers-by. The plan shall describe measures and precautions to be taken during working hours and non -working hours. A. Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work in accordance with the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Act and the laws of the State of Florida. This Contract requires that the Contractor and any and all subcontractors hired by the Contractor comply with all relevant standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Failure to comply with the Act constitutes a failure to perform. The Contractor agrees to reimburse the City for any fines and/or court costs arising from penalties charged to the City for violations of OSHA committed by the Contractor or any and all subcontractors. B. Safety of Persons and Property The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to, all employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; all the work materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the project site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors; and other property on the project site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. The Contractor shall be held fully responsible for such safety and protection until final written acceptance of the Work. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the Work shall be kept accessible to fire fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to insure the proper functioning of all swales, gutters, sewer inlets, drainage ditches and irrigation ditches, which shall not be obstructed except as approved by the City. The Contractor acknowledges that, in executing the Project, it will operate machinery and equipment that may be dangerous to the adjacent property owners and the general public. The Contractor will be required to conduct excavations for the Project which may be hazardous to person and property. The Contractor shall develop and implement a job safety and security plan which will adequately protect all property and the general public. 8.2 Traffic Control All safety precautions, traffic control, and warning devices necessary to protect the public and workmen from hazards within the right-of-way shall be in strict accordance with SECTION 102, MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC, in the Florida Dept. of Transportation (FDOT) Std. The State of Florida Manual of Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition shall be used as minimum standards, as applicable. Further, the Contractor shall carry on the Work in a manner that will cause the least possible obstruction and interruption in traffic, and the least inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the work. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-41 of 87 /10"IN As to air traffic, it is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations area of the airport with respect to its own operations and the operations of all its subcontractors as specified in Paragraph 8.15 below. It is further agreed and understood that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from and upon the airport. With respect to its own operations and the operations of all its subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying personnel, equipment, vehicles, storage areas, as well as any other work area that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire -rescue equipment or maintenance vehicles at the airport. 8.3 Road Closure and Detours Local traffic shall be maintained within the limits of the Project for the duration of the construction period. Closing to through travel of more than two (2) consecutive blocks, including the cross street intersected will not be permitted without specific authorization of the City. No road or street shall be closed to the public except with the permission of the City and proper governmental authority. When closing of roads is permitted, it shall require forty-eight (48) hours notification to the City. Traffic detours shall be pre -approved prior to closing. "Street Closed to through Traffic" signs and "Detour" routes shall be indicated and maintained by the Contractor when the job is located in a public or private street. 8.4 Provision of Access Where traffic must cross open trenches, the contractor shall provide adequate ingress and egress to dwellings, business facilities, utilities and service. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to insure the use of sidewalks. The Contractor shall provide suitable crossings at street intersections and driveways, and supply such aid as may be required for pedestrians and motorists, including delivery vehicles, to safely negotiate the construction areas. On completion of Work within any area, the Contractor shall remove all debris, excess materials, barricades and temporary Work leaving walkways and roads in said area clear of obstructions. 8.5 Waming_Sims and Barricades A. Within Public Rights -Of -Way. The Contractor shall provide adequate signs, barricades, warning lights and flagmen, as required, and all such other necessary precautions for the protection of the Work and the safety of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be protected at night by regulatory signal lights which shall be kept in operation from sunset to sunrise. Barricades shall be of substantial construction and shall be reflective to increase their visibility at night. Suitable warning signs shall be so placed and illuminated at night as to show in advance where construction, barricades or detours exist. Unless so designated in the Bid Documents, no direct payment for this work will be made, but the cost of providing, erecting and maintaining such protection devices, including guards, watchmen and/or flagmen as required shall be considered as included and paid for in the various contract prices of the Work. Warning signs and barricades shall be in conformance with the State of Florida, Manual of Trak Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations, latest edition. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, flashers, guards and flagmen as required in pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas. Regulations of local authorities shall be compiled with. Advance warning signs are required on all streets where work is being conducted. Lane closures shall be signed and barricaded or coned as indicated in aforementioned FDOT Index. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-42 of 87 lo..., Flagmen may be required where traffic and length of lane closure warrant them. Where such a plan is needed, Contractor shall submit and obtain approval of their traffic control plan by the City. B. Within Airport Property. When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or a portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, marking of Paved Areas on Airports. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stockpiles, and its parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire -rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2D, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open -flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 8.6 Open Trenches The Contractor shall fully comply with Florida Statutes and OSHA regulations with regard to open trenches during construction. The Contractor shall be place construction hazard fencing along any open trenches during the construction work -day, and shall leave no open trenches or excavations over -night unless properly fenced and with the specific approval of the Engineer or the City. 8.7 Placement of Heavy Eguipment The Contractor shall not leave construction equipment parked in front of or on a residential lot overnight or on weekends. At the close of work each day, the equipment shall be driven to and stored in a designated area so that the equipment will not become an "attractive nuisance" to neighborhood children. All equipment left unattended during the course of working day, such as during lunch hours or work breaks, shall not be left in a condition or location which would create a safety hazard to the general public. All keys shall be removed from the machines during those times. 8.8 Temporary Facilities and Controls The Contractor shall provide controls for sanitary facilities, environmental protection and safety controls on site acceptable to the Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services, Department of Environmental Protection, and St. Johns River Water Management District. 8.9 Sanitary Provision The Contractor shall provide and maintain such sanitary accommodations adequate for the use of his employees and those of his subcontractors, and as may be necessary to comply with the requirements and regulations of the local and state departments of health. Such facilities shall be made available when the first employees arrive on site of the Work, shall be properly secluded from public observation, and shall be constructed and maintained during the progress of the Work in suitable numbers and at such points and in such manner as may be required or approved. The Contractor shall maintain the sanitary facilities in a satisfactory and sanitary condition at all times and shall enforce their use. Contractor shall rigorously prohibit the committing of nuisances on the site of the Work, on the lands of the City or an adjacent property. The City shall have the right to inspect such facilities at all times to determine whether or not they are being properly and adequately maintained. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-43 of 87 �••� Following the period of necessity for such accommodations, they and all evidence affixed thereto shall be removed. 8.10 Water and Electric Supply The Contractor shall make all necessary applications and arrangements, and pay all fees and charges for water and electrical service necessary for the proper completion of the Project up to the time of final acceptance. The Contractor shall provide and pay for any temporary piping and connections. 8.11 Noise Control The Contractor shall provide adequate protection against objectionable noise levels caused by the operation of construction equipment, and shall submit a plan to the Engineer for his review prior to initiation and implementation of the plan. 8.12 Dust Control The Contractor shall provide for adequate protection against raising objectionable dust clouds caused by moving construction equipment, high winds or any other cause, and shall submit a plan to the Engineer for his review prior to initiation and implementation of the plan. 8.13 Water Control The Contractor shall provide for satisfactory disposal of surplus water and shall submit a plan to the Engineer for his review prior to initiation and implementation of the plan. Prior approval shall be obtained from the proper authorities for the use of public or private lands or facilities for such disposal. 8.14 Pollution, Siltation and Erosion Control The Contractor shall provide for and take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of private and public lands, reservoirs, ponds, rivers, streams, creeks, etc., by the disposal of surplus materials in the forms of solids, liquids or gases including, but not limited to, fuels, oils bitumen, calcium chloride or other harmful materials. Contractor shall conduct and schedule Work operations so as to avoid or otherwise minimize pollution or siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with movement of migratory fish where there is a high potential for erosion and subsequent water pollution. Erosion control features shall be constructed concurrently with other work and at the earliest practicable time. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed description of Contractor's plan for Erosion and Turbidity Control, including location of erosion control and turbidity control devices, marked on a plan set as needed for clarity. The erosion and turbidity control shall meet the requirements of the St. John's River Water Management District for control of discharge of Total Suspended Matter, and shall prevent water and wind erosion of open excavations and swales. 8.15 Limitation of Operations The Contractor shall control its operations and the operations of its subcontractors and suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct its operations within the Air Operations Area of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an Air Operations Area until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an Air Operations Area of the airport on an intermittent basis, the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the Air Operations Area, and immediately obey all Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-44 of 87 instructions to resume work in the Air Operations Area. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspensions of the Contractor's operations in the Air Operations Area until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The Air Operations Area that cannot be closed to operating aircraft on a continuous basis, and will therefore only be closed on an intermittent basis, are indicated on the drawings or will be designated by the Engineer. Article III - Supervision and Administration 9.0 Engineer, City, Contractor Relations 9.1 Engineer's Responsibility and Authority All work done shall be subject to the construction review of the Engineer and City. Any and all technical questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, or work to be performed, interpretation of Plans and Specifications and all technical questions as to the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor shall be referred to the Engineer who will resolve such questions. 9.2 Engineer's Decision All claims of a technical nature of the City or Contractor shall be presented to the Engineer for resolution. 9.3 Suspension of Work The City shall have the authority to suspend the Work wholly or in part, for such periods as may be deemed necessary and for whatever cause, to include but not be limited to, unsuitable weather or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for prosecution of the Work, failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out the provisions of the Contract or to supply materials meeting the requirements of the Specifications, or the action of a governmental agency, by serving written notice of suspension to the (*Ono', Contractor. In the event that the Engineer shall become aware of any condition which may be cause for suspension of the Work, the Engineer shall immediately advise the City of such condition. The Contractor shall not suspend operations under the provisions of this Paragraph without the City's permission. 9.4 Construction Review of Work All materials and each part or detail of the Work shall be subject at all times to construction review by the Engineer and the City. The Engineer and the City may appoint inspectors. The Contractor will be held strictly to the true intent of the Specifications in regard to quality of materials, workmanship, and the diligent execution of the Contract. Such construction review may include mill, plant, or shop inspection, and any material furnished under the Specifications is subject to such inspection. The Engineer and the City shall be allowed access to all parts of the Work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed review. The City shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor. 9.5 Field Tests and Preliminga Operation The Contractor shall perform the work of placing in operation all equipment installed under this Contract, except as specifically noted hereinafter. The Contractor shall make adjustments necessary for proper operation. The Contractor shall provide construction labor required for preliminary operation of the equipment installed under this Contract. The Contractor shall notify the City when work is considered to be complete, in operating condition, and ready for inspection and tests. Further inspection requirements may be designated in the Technical /4"IN Specifications. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-45 of 87 �0w The City will conduct tests it deems necessary to determine if the Work functions properly. Arrangements for testing laboratory services will be made by the City. Payment for testing to show compliance with specified requirements will be paid for by the City. The cost of retesting when materials and workmanship fail to meet specified requirements will be deducted from moneys due the Contractor. 9.6 Examination of Completed Work The City may request an examination of completed work of the Contractor at any time before acceptance by the City of the Work and shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the Work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, removing and replacing shall be at the Contractor's expense. 9.7 Contractor's Superintendent A qualified superintendent, who is acceptable to the City, shall be maintained on the project and give sufficient supervision to the Work until its completion. The superintendent shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor, and all communications given to the superintendent shall be considered given to the Contractor. In general, such communications shall be confirmed in writing and always upon written request from the Contractor. 9.8 Ci y s Right to Correct Deficiencies Upon failure of the contractor to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any requirements with respect to the Schedule of Completion, and after five (5) days written notice to the Contractor, the City may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, correct such deficiencies. The Contractor shall be charged all costs incurred to correct deficiencies. 9.9 City's Right to Terminate Contract and Complete Work In the event of any default by the Contractor, the City shall have the right to immediately terminate the Contract upon issuance of written notice of termination to the Contractor stating the cause for such action. This Agreement may be terminated by the City without cause provided at least thirty (30) days written notice of such termination shall be given to the Contractor. In the event of termination, the City may take possession of the Work and of all materials, tools and equipment thereon and may finish the Work by whatever method and means it may select. It shall be considered a default by the Contractor whenever he shall: (a) Declare bankruptcy, become insolvent or assign his assets for the benefit of his creditors. (b) Disregard or violate the provisions of the Contract Documents or City's written instructions, or fail to prosecute the Work according to the agreed schedule of completion including extensions thereof. (c) Fail to provide a qualified superintendent, competent workmen or subcontractors, or proper materials, or fail to make prompt payment therefore. 9.10 Rights of Various Interests Wherever work being done by the City's forces or by other contractors is contiguous to work covered by the Contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by the City, to secure the completion of the various portions of the Work in general harmony. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 346 of 87 �.+.� 9.11 Separate Contracts %a The City may let other contracts in connection with the Work of the Contractor. The Contractor shall cooperate with other Contractors with regard to storage of materials and execution of their work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to inspect all work by other contractors affecting his work and to report to the City any irregularities which will not permit him to complete his work in a satisfactory manner. His failure to notify the City of such irregularities shall indicate the work of other contractors has been satisfactorily completed to receive his work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to inspect the completed work in place and report to the Engineer immediately any difference between completed work by others and the Plans. 9.12 Subcontracts and Purchase Orders Prior to signing the Contract or at the time specified by the City, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the City the names of the subcontractor proposed for the Work. Subcontractor may not be changed except at the request or with the approval of the City. The Contractor is responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and their direct or indirect employees, to the same extent as he is responsible for the acts and omissions of his employees. The Contract Documents shall not be construed as creating a contractual relation between any subcontractors and the City. The Contractor shall bind every subcontractor by the terms of the Contract Documents. For convenience of reference and facilitate the letting of contracts and subcontracts, the Specifications are separated into title sections. Such separations shall not, however, operate to make the Engineer or City an arbiter to establish limits to the contracts between the Contractor and subcontractors. 9.13 Work During an Emergency The Contractor shall perform any work and shall furnish and install materials and equipment necessary during an emergency endangering life or property. In all cases, he shall notify the Engineer and City of the emergency as soon as practicable, but he shall not wait for instructions before proceeding to properly protect both life and property. 9.14 Oral Agreements No oral order, objection, claim or notice by any party to the others shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the Contract Documents, and none of the provisions of the Contract Documents shall be held to be waived or modified by reason of any act whatsoever, other than by a definitely agreed waiver or modification thereof in writing, and no evidence shall be introduced in any proceeding of any other waiver or modification. 9.15 Night, Saturday And/Or Sunday Work No night or Saturday and Sunday work will be permitted, except in case of emergency, or with prior approval from City, and then only to such extent as is absolutely necessary to protect life or property. This clause shall not pertain to crews organized to perform restoration work which needs no verifying inspection, maintenance work on equipment, or to operate and maintain special equipment such as dewatering pumps which may be required to work 24 hours per day. All such night, Saturday and/or Sunday work must be authorized by the City. 9.16 Unauthorized Work Work done without lines and grades having been established, work done without proper inspection, or any changes made or extra work done without written authority will be done at the Contractor's risk and will be considered unauthorized, and, at the option of the City, may not be measured and paid for. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-47 of 87 /10 , 9.17 Use Of Completed Portions Of The Work The City shall have the right to use, occupy, or place into operation any portion of the Work that has been completed sufficiently to permit safe use, occupancy, or operation, as determined by the Engineer. If such use, occupancy, or operation increases the cost of or delays the Work, the Contractor shall be entitled to extra compensation, or an extension of time, or both, as determined by the Engineer. However, if Contractor has failed to complete the Work in accordance with the time requirements of the Agreement, no compensation (including set -offs to liquidated damages) shall be allowed for such use or occupancy. 9.18 Contractor's Responsibility For Work Until acceptance of the Work by the City, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or from the non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good, without additional compensation, all injury or damage to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause, other than the sole and active negligence of the City, before its completion and acceptance. 10.0 Measurement And Payment 10.1 Detailed Breakdown Of Contract Except in cases where unit prices form the basis for payment under the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a complete breakdown of the contract amount showing the value assigned to each part of the Work, including an allowance for profit and overhead within ten (10) days of the execution of the Contract by the parties. Upon approval of the breakdown of the contract amount by the Engineer and the City, it shall be used as the basis for all requests for payment. I'O'\ 10.2 Request For Payment The Contractor may submit to the City not more than once each month a request for payment for work completed. Where applicable, the Contractor may choose to submit a request for payment at the substantial completion of each work order. The City may elect to provide its own form for the Contractor to submit progress payment requests. The standard form provided by the City, or a form presented by the Contractor having received prior approval from the City, can be used for the submittal of a progress payment. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer and the City all reasonable facilities required for obtaining the necessary information relative to the progress and execution of the Work. In addition to each month's invoice, an updated project schedule shall be submitted. Each request for payment shall be computed from the work completed to date on all items listed in the detailed breakdown of the contract amount less previous payments and back charges. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed at the time the payment request was dated by the Contractor. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the project but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the payment request shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranty that the City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests and encumbrances, all of which shall be satisfactory to the City. No payments shall be made for materials stored on site without approval of the City. An amount of 10% of each monthly pay request shall be retained until final completion and written acceptance of the Work by the City. Payment of the retainage shall be included in the Contractor's final pay request in accordance with Paragraph 10.14. Any deviation in the release or partial release of the 10% J�1 retainage shall be at the sole discretion of the City, but in no case earlier than completion of the Engineer's "punch list inspection". Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-48 of 87 �.•.� Any request for payment shall be accompanied by claim releases for work done or materials furnished in accordance with Paragraph 10.13. Prior to submission of any request for payment by the Contractor, the Engineer shall review the request for payment to determine the following: (a) That the work covered by the request for payment has been completed in accordance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications. (b) That the quantities of work have been completed as stated in the request for payment, whether for a unit price contract or for payment on a lump -sum contract. 10.3 City's Action On A Request For Payment Within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of a request for payment the City shall do one of the following: (a) Approve and pay the request for payment as submitted. (b) Approve and pay such other amount of the request for payment in accordance with Paragraph 10.4 as the City shall decide is due the Contractor, informing the Contractor in writing of the reasons for paying the amended amount. (c) Disapprove the request for payment in accordance with Paragraph 10.4 informing the Contractor in writing of the reasons for withholding payment. 10.4 City's Right To Withhold Payment Of A Request For Payment The City may withhold payment in whole or in part on a request for payment to the extent necessary for any of the following reasons: (a) Work not performed but included in the request for payment, or the contract Price has been reduced by written change order. (b) Work covered by the request for payment which is not in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and generally accepted construction practices, including if, in the opinion of the City, there is sufficient evidence that the Work has not been satisfactorily completed, or based upon tests and/or inspections the work is defective or has been damaged requiring correction or replacement . (c) In the event of a filing of a claim or lien, or information received by City of a potential filing of a claim or lien against the Contractor or City. (d) Failure of the Contractor to make payments to subcontractors, material suppliers or labor. (e) Damage to another contractor. (f) The City has had to correct a defect in the Work, or there are other items entitling the City to a set-off against the amount recommended. (g) Default of any of the provisions of the Contract Documents. 10.5 Payment For Uncorrected Work Should the City direct, in writing, the Contractor not to correct work that has been damaged or that was not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, an equitable deduction from the contract amount shall be made to compensate the City for the uncorrected work. 10.6 Payment For Rejected Work And Materials The removal of work and materials rejected under Paragraph 5.3 and the re-execution of work by the Contractor shall be at the expense of the Contractor and the Contractor shall pay the cost of replacing the destroyed or damaged work of other contractors by the removal of the rejected work or materials and the Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-49 of 87 subsequent re-execution of that work. In the event that City incurs expenses related thereto, Contractor shall pay for the same within thirty (30) days after written notice to pay is given by the City. If the Contractor does not pay the expenses of such removal, after ten (10) days written notice being given by the City of its intent to sell the materials, the City may sell the materials and shall pay to the Contractor the net proceeds therefrom after deducting all the costs and expenses that are incurred by the City. If the proceeds do not cover the expenses incurred by the City, such additional amounts may be set-off against any payments due Contractor. 10.7 Chanaes In The Work A. Change Orders If conditions require a change in the scope of work or additional work varying from the original Plans or Specifications, such change shall be effected by the Contractor when the City issues a written Change Order. The Change Order shall set forth in complete detail the nature of the change, the change in the compensation to be paid the Contractor and whether it is an addition or a reduction of the original total contract cost. Should additional or supplemental drawings be required, they will be furnished by the Engineer. Compensation to be paid to the Contractor for accomplishing the work of a Change Order shall be established in one of the following ways: (a) By lump sum proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the City. (b) By unit prices established and agreed to. (c) By unit prices established for additional kinds of work. (d) By other methods as may be mutually agreed upon. (e) By force account wherein the Contractor provides the labor and materials at Contractor's direct cost plus 15% for overhead and profit. When the force account method is used, the Contractor shall provide full and complete records of all costs for review by the City. B. Claims Claims arising from changes or revisions made by the Contractor at the City's request shall be presented to the City before work starts on the changes or revisions. If the Contractor deems that extra compensation is due for work not covered herein, or in Supplemental Agreement, the Contractor shall notify the City in writing of its intention to make claim for extra compensation before work begins on which the claim is based. If such notification is not given and the City is not afforded by the Contractor a method acceptable to the City for keeping strict account of actual cost, then the Contractor hereby waives its request for such extra compensation. The City is not obligated to pay the Contractor if the City is not notified as described above. The Contractor may refuse to perform additional work requested by the City until an appropriate agreement is executed by the parties. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the City has kept account of the costs as aforesaid shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim. C. Differing Site Conditions Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify City in writing of: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in this Agreement and its subparts; or Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-50 of 87 �••►� 2. Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in the work of the character provided for in this Agreement. If City finds that conditions materially differ and will cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or the time required to perform any part of the work under this Agreement, whether or not changed as a result of such conditions, the City shall approve an equitable adjustment and will according modify the Agreement in writing. Any claim for an equitable adjustment of the contract price based upon differing site conditions is specifically conditioned upon prior written approval of the additional compensation by City. No claim of the Contractor under this clause shall be allowed unless the Contractor has given the notice required herein. Further, no claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under this Agreement. 10.8 Canceled Items Of Work The City shall have the right to cancel those portions of the contract relating to the construction of any item provided therein. Such cancellation, when ordered by the City in writing, shall entitle the Contractor to the payment of a fair and equitable amount covering all costs incurred by him pertaining to the canceled items before the date of cancellation or suspension of the Work. The Contractor shall be allowed a profit percentage on the materials used and on construction work actually done, at the same rates as provided for "Changes in the Work", but no allowance will be made for anticipated profits. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the site before the date of such cancellation or suspension shall be purchased from the Contractor by the City at actual cost and shall thereupon become the property of the City. �..,� 10.9 Payment For Work Suspended By The City If the Work or any part thereof shall be suspended by the City as provided in Paragraph 9.3, the Contractor will then be entitled to payment for all work done except as provided in Paragraph 10.4. /0� 10.10 Payment For Work By The City The cost of the work performed by the City removing construction materials, equipment, tools and supplies in accordance with Paragraph 5.7 and in correcting deficiencies in accordance with Paragraph 9.8 shall be paid by the Contractor. 10.11 Payment For Work By City Following Termination Of Contract A. Termination by City for Cause Upon termination of the contract by the City for cause, including abandonment or termination by Contractor, the City may enter into an agreement with others for the completion of the Work under this Agreement and the Contractor shall be held harmless for the work of others. No further payments shall be due the Contractor until the Work is completed and accepted by the City. If the unpaid balance of the contract amount shall exceed the cost of completing the Work including all overhead costs, Contractor shall be paid up to the amount of the excess balance on a quantum meruit basis for the work done prior to termination. If the cost of completing the Work shall exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor or its Surety shall pay the difference to the City. The cost incurred by the City as herein provided shall include the cost of the replacement contractor and other expenses incurred by the City through the Contractor's default. In either event, all work done, tracings, plans, specifications, maps, computer programs and data prepared by the Contractor under this Agreement shall be considered property of the City. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-51 of 87 �..�.1 B. Termination by City Without Cause In the event the City without cause abandons, terminates or suspends this Agreement, the Contractor shall be compensated for services rendered up to the time of such termination on a quantum meruit basis and any work done or documents generated by the Contractor shall remain the property of the City. 10.12 Termination Of Contractor`s Responsibility The Contract will be considered complete when all work has been finished, the final construction review is made by the Engineer, and the project accepted in writing by the City. 10.13 Release Of Claims (Interim/Final) The Contractor shall deliver, with each request for payment, a completed Affidavit and Release of Claim on a form supplied by the City. Also, from each supplier or subcontractor who has notified the City of his right to file a Claim (Notice to City) or who is listed in the Contractor's Affidavit and Release of Claim as an unpaid, potential Claimant, a Claimant's Sworn Statement of Account, executed by the supplier or subcontractor, must be attached to each request for payment. If the completed forms are not supplied with the request for payment, the City will notify Contractor of the outstanding claims of record and, if said completed form(s) are not supplied within thirty (30) days, the City shall make joint payments to the Contractor and outstanding claimants. 10.14 Acceptance And Final Payment When it is determined, as a result of a joint inspection of the Work by the Contractor, City, and Engineer that the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall certify completion of the Work to the City. At that time, the Contractor may submit the Contractor's final request for payment. The Contractor's final request for payment shall be the contract amount plus all approved written additions less all approved written deductions and less previous payments made. As a condition for Final payment, a Contractor's Final Affidavit must be received by the City along with his Final Payment Request and any as -built drawings which may be required. The Contractor shall furnish full and final releases of Claim for labor, materials and equipment incurred in connection with the Work, following which the City will release the Contractor except as to the conditions of the performance bond, any legal rights of the City, required guarantees and satisfaction of all warranty work, and shall authorize payment of the Contractor's final request for payment. 10.15 Satisfaction Of Warranty Work After Final Payment The making of the final payment by the City to the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The City shall promptly give notice of faulty materials and workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly replace any such defects discovered within one (1) year from the date of final written acceptance of the Work by the City. 11.0 Public Contract Requirements 11.1 Covenant Against Contingent Fees The Contractor warrants that he has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for the Contractor, to solicit or secure this Agreement and that he has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual or firm, other than a bona fide employee working solely for the Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, gift or any other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For the breach or violation of this paragraph, the City shall have the right to terminate the Agreement without liability i� and, at its discretion, deduct from the Agreement price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, gift or consideration. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-52 of 87 f0� 11.2 Interest Of Members Of City And Others No officers, members or employees of the City and no member of its governing body, and no other public official of the governing body of the locality or localities in which services for the facilities are situated or carried out, who exercises any functions or responsibilities in the review or approval of the undertaking or carrying out of this project, shall participate in any decision relating to this Agreement which affects his personal interest, or have any personal or pecuniary interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement or the proceeds thereof. 11.3 Certification Of Restrictions On Lobbying The Contractor agrees that no Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid by or on behalf of the Contractor to any person for influencing or attempting to influence any officer or employee of any Federal agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal Grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal contract, Grant, loan or cooperative agreement. Further, Contractor shall fully comply with the Federal Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid by the Contractor to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with any Agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit the attached Standard Form -LLL "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying" in accordance with its instructions. Any and all subcontracts executed by Contractor for the Work hereunder shall likewise certify and disclose accordingly 11.4 Interest Of Contractor The Contractor covenants that he presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which shall conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of services required to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed. The Contractor shall not undertake any professional work which conflicts with his duties as the City's Contractor without the prior written consent of the City during the term of this Agreement. Any work where the Contractor can reasonably anticipate that it may be called to testify as a witness against the City in any litigation or administrative proceeding will constitute a conflict of interest under this Agreement. 11.5 Public Entity Crimes The Contractor shall file the attached sworn statement which is entitled PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES, stating whether a person or affiliate as defined in Section 287.133 (1) Florida Statutes, has been convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989, in accordance with the provisions of said statute. 11.6 Drug -Free Workplace The Agreement documents also consist of the "Drug -Free Workplace Form" which is in accordance with Florida Statute 287.089 and must be signed and instituted. 11.7 Compliance With Laws Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal laws that in any way regulate or impact the Work, including, but not limited to, The Clean Air Act (42 USC §7506(c)), The Endangered Species Act (16 USC §1531, et seq.), Executive Order No. 11593, Executive Order No. 11988, Executive Order No. 11990, The Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (PL 85-624), The Safe Water Drinking Act Section toa%-.� 1424(e) (PL 93-523, as amended), The Wild and Scenic Rivers Act (PL 90-542, as amended), The Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966 (PL 89-754), Section 306 of The Clean Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-53 of 87 �,..� Air Act, Section 508 of The Clean Water Act, Executive Order No. 11738, The Civil Rights Act of 1964 (PL 88-352), The Age Discrimination Act (PL 94-135), Section 13 of The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (PL 92-500), Executive Order No. 11246, Executive Order No. 11625, Executive Order No. 12138, Executive Order No. 12549, The Davis Bacon Act (40 USC §276), the Occupational Safety and Health Act and applicable regulations, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (PL 101-336). 11.8 Insurance The Contractor agrees to carry insurance, of the types and subject to the limits as set forth below and maintain said insurance during the life of this agreement: (a) Workers' Compensation - Contractor shall purchase workers' compensation insurance as required by law. (b) Commercial General Liability - Contractor shall purchase Commercial General Liability insurance with a combined single limit of at least $5,000,000. (c) Commercial Auto Liability - Contractor shall purchase Commercial Auto Liability insurance with a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000. Further, Contractor shall maintain such insurance as is reasonably required to satisfy its obligations under Paragraph 9.18 for the Work paid for by the City but not yet accepted. The insurance company selected shall be A+ or better per the Best's Key Rating Guide. The Contractor and the insurance company(s) shall agree to furnish the City thirty (30) days written notice of their intent to cancel or terminate said insurance. It is the full responsibility of the contractor to insure that all sub- contractors have full insurance coverage as stated above. The Contractor shall not commence the Work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance i� required under this paragraph and certificates of such insurance have been submitted to the City, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all insurance required has been so obtained and approved by the City. The Contractor shall carry and maintain until acceptance of the Work, insurance as specified herein and in such form as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work under this Contract, or the City, from all claims and liability for damages for bodily injury, including accidental death, under this Contract, whether by himself or by any subcontractor or by any one directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The Contractor shall furnish to the City certificates of insurance in duplicate showing proof of insurance, naming the City and the Engineer as additional insured parties, prior to the start of construction as provided in the Contract. 11.9 Bond The Contractor shall provide bonds issued by companies holding certificates of authority as acceptable sureties in the form prescribed by State Law, and generally as shown in these Documents, for Performance and Payment, each in the amount of 100% of the total contract amount. 11.10 Permits All City and St. John's River Water Management District permits and other permits necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured by the City, except for Contractor's licenses and registrations. Contractor shall secure a building permit if required by the City's Building Official. 11.11 Laws To Be Observed The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, permit requirements and regulations in any manner affecting the conduct of the Work, and all such orders and decrees as enacted by bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the Work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City and Engineer against any expense, claim or liability arising from, or Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-54 of 87 �..� based on, the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, permit requirements, order or decree, whether by himself or his employees. The failure of the Contractor to adhere to any known law or regulation pertaining to furnishing services under this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. The Contractor acknowledges that this requirement includes compliance with all federal, state and local health and safety rules and regulations. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all existing and pending state and national laws and municipal ordinances and regulations in any manner affecting those engaged or employed in the Work, or in any way affecting the conduct of tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the same. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the Plans, Specifications, or Contract for this work in relation to any such law, ordinance, regulations, order or decree, he shall forthwith report the same to the Engineer and City in writing. He shall at all times himself observe and comply with and cause all his agents, subcontractors and employees to observe and comply with decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the City and Engineer, their officers, employees and agents against any expense, claim or liability arising from or based upon violation of any such law, ordinance, regulations, orders or decree, whether by himself or his employees. All building construction work alterations, repairs or mechanical installations and appliances connected therewith shall comply with the applicable building rules and regulations, restrictions and reservations of record, local ordinances and such other statutory provisions pertaining to this class of work. 11.12 Debarment And Suspension In accordance with Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension (40 CFR 32), the Contractor shall agree and certify that neither it, nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency; and that the Contractor shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier 14�1 contract, or other covered transaction, with a person who is similarly debarred or suspended from participating in this covered transaction without prior written approval of the City. Upon execution of this Agreement by the Contractor, the Contractor shall complete sign and return a copy of the form entitled "Certification Regarding Debarments, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Federally Funded Transactions" attached hereto, and shall include the language of this Paragraph and the attached form in all subcontracts executed to support the Contractor's work under this Agreement. 12.0 Miscellaneous 12.1 Addresses For Notices All notices given under or in connection with any of the Contract Documents shall be delivered in person or by telegraph or registered or certified mail to the parties at the address as either party may by notice designate. 12.2 Written Notice Written notice shall be considered as served when delivered to the designated representative of the Contractor and receipt acknowledged or sent by registered mail to the individual, firm, or corporation to the business address stated in Bid Proposal. Change of Address: It shall be the duty of each party to advise the other parties to the Contract as to any changes in his business address until completion of the Contract. 12.3 Taxes /oom&, Contractor shall pay all sales or other taxes of any type which may be incurred in connection with the Work hereunder, and shall reimburse the City for any such taxes paid by the City. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-55 of 87 /4� 12.4 Time Is Of Vital Importance It is agreed and understood that time is of vital importance with respect to the completion date for the Work and all other provisions of the Contract Documents. 12.5 No Waiver Of Legalghts Neither the payment for, nor acceptance of the whole or any part of the Work by the City or representatives of the City, nor any extension of time, nor the withholding of payments, nor any possession taken by the City, nor the termination of employment of the Contractor shall operate as a waiver of any portion of the Contract or any power therein reserved or any right therein reserved or any right therein provided, nor shall the waiver by the City of any of the Contractor's obligations or duties under this Agreement constitute a waiver of any other obligation or duty of the Contractor under this Agreement. 12.6 Right To Work Product No reports, data, programs or other material produced in whole or in part under this Agreement shall be subject to copyright by the Contractor, in the United States or in any other country. The City or its assigns shall have the unrestricted authority to publish, disclose, distribute and otherwise use, in whole or in part, any reports, data, programs or other material prepared under this Agreement. All tracings, plans, specifications, maps, computer programs and data prepared or obtained under this Agreement shall remain the property of the City. Any use of any plans and specifications by the City except the use reasonably contemplated by the City at the time the City entered this Agreement will be at the City's risk and Contractor, its officers, directors and employees, will be held harmless from such use. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 Page 3-56 of 87 /1011"N IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be executed, the day and year first above written. ATTEST: By: Name: Sally A. Maio, MMC Title: City Clerk (SEAL) Approved as to Form and Content for: Reliance by the City of Sebastian Only Rich Stringer, City Attorney THE CITY OF SEBASTIAN By: Name: Al Minner Title: City Manager --------------------------- CONTRACTOR ------------------------- Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: Signature: Name: Signature: Name: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents an Name: Title: Page 3-57 of 87 Contractor April 2007 4 SECTION 130: FAA REQUIRED BID AND CONTRACT PROVISIONS 4.1 BUYAMERICAN PREFERENCES (a) The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program. The following terms apply: 1. Steel and manufactured products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs b. (1) or (2) shall be treated as domestic. 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. 3. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. (b) The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those: 1. that the US Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; 2. that the US Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or 3. that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. 4. 1.1 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the offeror below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this bid/proposal, the offeror certifies that steel and each manufactured product, are produced in the United States, as defined in the clause Buy American - Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) and that components of unknown origin are considered to have been produced or manufactured outside the United States. Offerors may obtain from the owner a listing of articles, materials and supplies excepted from this provision. Product Country of Origin Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-1 of 87 4.2 CONTRACTUAL REQUIREMENTS PURSUANT TO CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, TITLE VI (49 CFR PART 21) During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination. The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of I" equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports. The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders, and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to the sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or b. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions. The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs I through 5 in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of f equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 130-4-2 of 87 April 2007 /4"hN sponsor or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the sponsor and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 4.3 AIRPORT AND AIRWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1982, SECTION 520 - GENERAL CIVIL RIGHTS PROVISIONS fes. The contractor assures that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive orders and such rules as are promulgated to assure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision obligates the tenant/concessionaire/lessee or its transferee for the period during which Federal assistance is extended to the airport a program, except where Federal assistance is to provide, or is in the form of personal property or real property or interest therein or structures or improvements thereon. In these cases the provision obligates the party or any transferee for the longer of the following periods: (a) the period during which the property is used by the airport sponsor or any transferee for a purpose for which Federal assistance is extended, or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits or (b) the period during which the airport sponsor or any transferee retains ownership or possession of the property. In the case of contractors, this provision binds the contractors from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract. This provision is in addition to that required of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. 4.4 LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES (1) No Federal appropriated funds shall be paid, by or on behalf of the contractor, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the making of any Federal grant and the amendment or modification of any Federal grant. (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any Federal grant, the contractor shall complete and submit Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure of Lobby Activities," in accordance with its instructions. 4.5 ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Contractor agrees to provide the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration and the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts and transcriptions. The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three years after final payment is made and all pending matters are closed. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-3 of 87 � 4.6 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Contract Assurance (§26.13) - The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as the recipient deems appropriate. Prompt Payment (§26.29) - The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the County. The prime contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the County of Volusia. This clause applies to both DBE and non -DBE subcontractors. 4.7 ENERGY CONSER VA TION REQUIREMENTS The contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency that are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Public Law 94-163) 4.8 BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS Any violation or breach of terms of this contract on the part of the contractor or their subcontractors may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action that may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 4.9 RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject to regulations issued by the FAA and the Sponsor of the Federal grant under which this contract is executed. 4.10 TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE The contractor or subcontractor, by submission of an offer and/or execution of a contract, certifies that it: Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 130-4-4 of 87 April 2007 r..,` a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; c. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to a contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above. If the contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Sponsor cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. Further, the contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The contractor may rely on the certification of a prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the sponsor if the contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The subcontractor agrees to provide written notice to the contractor if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Sponsor cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-5 of 87 /100� 4.11 VETERAN'S PREFERENCE In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to Veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515(c)(1) and (2) of the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. 4.12 DA VIS BACONACT REQUIREMENTS (29 CFR PART 5) 1. Minimum Wages (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalent thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or lom*\ mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under (1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH - 1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. ka (ii)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 130-4-6 of 87 April 2007 ,/4010� (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(ii) (B) or (C) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2 Withholding. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to David -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 1304-7 of 87 /,a%, pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Federal Aviation Administration may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in l (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall (*mo's maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 5.5(a)(3)(i) above. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH -347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph (3)(i) above and that such information is correct and complete; / (2) That each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 1304-8 of 87 directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH -347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and Trainees. (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or I'ua--� subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-9 of 87 t,...� the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 5. Compliance With Copeland Act Requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-10 of 87 tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. 7. Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in paragraph 1 through 10 of this section may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance With Davis -Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. (4n*� Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of Eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 4.12.1 Davis Bacon Wage Rates GENERAL DECISION: FL20070041 02/09/2007 FL41 Date: February 9, 2007 General Decision Number: FL20070041 02/09/2007 Superseded General Decision Number: FL20030041 /0� State: Florida Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 1304-11 of 87 April 2007 Construction Type: Building County: Indian River County in Florida. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories. Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/09/2007 SUFL1990-024 01/25/1990 Rates Fringes Air Conditioning & Heating Mechanic .......................$ 7.00 Carpenter......................$ 8.20 Cement Mason ...................$ 8.55 Electrician ....................$ 6.87 Glazier ........................$ 6.50 Laborers: Mason Tenders ...............$ 6.00 f Plasterers' Tenders ......... $ 5.50 Unskilled ...................$ 5.15 Painter........................$ 7.50 Plasterer ......................$ 8.58 Plumber ........................$ 8.84 Power equipment operators: Backhoe .....................$ 6.25 Loader ......................$ 5.36 Roofer.........................$ 6.25 Tile Setter ....................$ 8.22 Truck Driver ...................$ 5.15 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after ! award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 1304-12 of 87 April 2007 r,'---------------------------------------------------------------- In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. f� 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 1304-13 of 87 April 2007 Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department'of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 4.13 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY- 41 CFR PART 60-L4(B) During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or f termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which s/he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-14 of 87 �...,� 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedure authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. f 7. The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provision, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 4.14 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES - 41 CFR PART 60-1.8 4.14.1 Notice to Prospective Federally Assisted Construction Contractors 1. A Certification of Non -segregated Facilities shall be submitted prior to the award of a federally -assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. 2. Contractors receiving federally -assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. 4.14.2 Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirements for Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities 1. A Certification of Non -segregated Facilities shall be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000, which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. 2. Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 1304-15 of 87 4.15 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES The federally -assisted construction contractor certifies that she or he does not maintain or provide, for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that she or he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally -assisted construction contractor certifies that she or he will not maintain or provide, for his employees, segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that she or he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location under his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally -assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms, and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directives or are, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The federally -assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where she or he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) she or he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that she or he will retain such certifications in his files. /'0� 4.16 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVEACTION- 41 CFR PART 60-2 1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade: (Vol. 45 Federal Register pg. 65984 10/3/80) Goals for female participation in each trade (6.9%) These goals are applicable to all the contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally -assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its Federally involved and non -federally involved construction. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-16 of 87 t,oft,, The contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training shall be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project, for the sole purpose of meeting the contractor's goals, shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. f'� 3. The contractor shall provide written notification to the Director, OFCCP, within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this notice and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is [insert description of the geographical areas where the contract is to be performed giving the state, county, and city, if any]. 4.17 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS - 41 CFR PART 60.4.3 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; C. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; d. "Minority" includes: (1) Black (all) persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 1304-17 of 87 (3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors shall be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 18.7a through 18.7p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in a geographical area where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246 or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the non -working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees shall be employed by the contractor during the training period and the contractor shall have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees shall be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-18 of 87 ka 7. The contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the contractor's employees are assigned to work. The contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source, or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority person or female sent by the contractor, or when the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-19 of 87 t,m.� g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such a superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the contractor's EEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female, and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non -segregated except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-20 of 87 f...,� p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations, which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (18.7a through 18.7p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor union, contractor community, or other similar groups of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 18.7a through 18.7p of these specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, if the particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the contractor has achieved its goals for women generally,) the contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized. 10. The contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 18.7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to /-ow\ ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-21 of 87 >oww-� each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). 4.18 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT a. The Sponsor may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Sponsor's convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of such notice services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as may have been accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in progress, delivered to the Sponsor. b. If the termination is for the convenience of the Sponsor, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. c. If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the contractor's obligations, the Sponsor may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the contractor shall be liable to the Sponsor for any additional cost occasioned to the Sponsor thereby. d. If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Sponsor. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph 2 of this clause. e.The rights and remedies of the sponsor provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. 4.19 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITYAND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION (49 CFR PART 29) The bidder (offeror) certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntary excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees that by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the bidder/offeror/contractor or any lower tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 130-4-22 of 87 4.20 CONTRACT WORKFIOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS 29 CFR PART 5 1. Overtime Requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 1 above. 3. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 2 above. 4. Subcontractors. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs 1 through 4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs 1 through 4 of this section. 4.21 CLEANAIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS Contractors and subcontractors agree: a. That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or subcontract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities; b. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq. and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as all other requirements Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents April 2007 GP 1304-23 of 87 t...� specified in Section 114 and Section 308 of the Acts, respectively, and all other regulations and guidelines issued thereunder; c. That, as a condition for the award of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be used for the performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities; d. To include or cause to be included in any construction contract or subcontract which exceeds $ 100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. Airport Maintenance Storage Building Bid Documents GP 130-4-24 of 87 April 2007 140� ka General Requirements- Table of Contents SECTION01000 - MOBILIZATION..........................................................................................................3 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK............................................................................................... 5 SECTION 01040- PROJECT COORDINATION........................................................................................ 9 SECTION 01060 -CONTROL OF EROSION, SILTATION AND POLLUTION...................................13 SECTION 01095-NPDES PERMIT CONFORMANCE............................................................................17 SECTION 01150 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT...........................................................................19 SECTION 01510 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES........................................................................................ 31 SECTION 01600 -MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT...............................................................................35 SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSEOUT............................................................................................ 39 SECTION 01710 -CLEANING AND DISPOSAL..................................................................................... 47 SECTION 01720 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS............................................................................49 SECTION 01740 -WARRANTIES AND BONDS..................................................................................... 53 Airport Maintenance Building General Requirements Sebastian Municipal Airport 01000-1 SECTION 01000 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this section consists of preparatory work and operations, including but not limited to those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; for providing the items required by the General Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements including but not limited to: 1. The establishment of all temporary offices, buildings, fencing, staging areas, haul routes, and other facilities necessary for the work on the project; 2. Surveying and construction staking; 3. All barricades, barricade lights, and other phasing and detour devices; 4. Performance bond, labor and materials bond; 5. Insurance; and all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various items on the project site. B. This item also includes all work outside the limits of construction that is necessary to demobilize and restores areas disturbed by the Contractor to their original condition including, but not limited to, pavement rehabilitation, grading, seeding, mulching, cleaning, and disposal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXCUTION 3.1 PAYMENT: A. All work covered by this section will be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Mobilization". B. Partial payments for the item of "Mobilization" will be made with the first and second partial pay estimates paid on the contract, and will be made at the rate of 50 percent of the lump sum price for "Mobilization" on each of these partial pay estimates, less the retainage provided for in the Contract, provided the amount bid for "Mobilization" does not exceed 5 percent of the total amount bid for the base bid contract. C. Where the amount bid for the item of "Mobilization" exceeds 5 percent of the total amount bid for the base bid contract lump sum mobilization bid will be paid equally in the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth progress payments. 2-112 percent of the total amount bid will be paid on each of the first two partial pay estimates, and that portion exceeding 5 percent of the total amount bid for the contract will be paid on the last partial pay estimate. All such payments will be made less the retainage provided for in the Contract. D. C Payment will be made under: 1. 01000 Mobilization — per Lump Sum Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01000-3 Mobilization Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01000 01000-4 Mobilization SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 4 - GENERAL 4.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Contract Drawings, General Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, and other Special Provisions and Specifications apply to work of this section. 4.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Indicate the work of the Contract and related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the project. Related requirements and conditions that are indicated on the Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: A. Existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site. B. Mandatory staging/sequencing. C. Requirements for partial utilization of various elements prior to substantial completion of the work. D. Work to be performed concurrently by the Owner. / 4.3 SUMMARY BY REFERENCES: Work of the Contract can be summarized by references to the Contract, General Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and Addenda and Modifications to the contract documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of this Project Manual, including but not necessarily limited to printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions, and other forces outside the contract documents. 4.4 CONSTRUCTION TIME: A. Time Schedule: The work as described by the contract specifications and as shown on the plans shall be completed and ready for use by the Owner within 90 consecutive calendar days after the date of Notice -to -Proceed. The time schedule for completion of this project is critical and liquidated damages as prescribed in the Contract will be enforced. 4.5 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the work is not substantially complete in accordance with the time(s) specified herein. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner the amounts stipulated hereinafter. Airport Maintenance Building Summary of Work Sebastian Municipal Airport 01010-5 / B. Contractor further understands and hereby expressly agrees that in addition to liquidated damages specified hereinafter, to pay the Owner the actual costs to Owner for any inspector or inspectors necessarily employed by Owner on the work and the actual costs to Owner for the Engineer's observation of construction and project representative services including all travel and subsistence expenses after the date specified for Project completion until the work is completed and ready for final payment. Further, the Contractor agrees that the sums to be paid the Owner may be deducted from the sum due the Contractor for work performed as provided in Section 90 of the General Provisions. C. The Contractor shall complete the project and reach substantial completion within 90 consecutive calendar days from the notice to proceed. Failure to do so will result in liquidated damages of $200 per day. D. The Contractor shall complete all punch list items determined by the Owner and the Engineer within 30 consecutive calendar days from the date of the Final Inspection. Failure to do so will result in liquidated damages of $200 per day beyond the 30 day period. 4.6 CONCURRENT WORK BY OWNER: A. Overlapping Work: The work to be performed may overlap work by others to be performed concurrently. Each Contractor shall coordinate and schedule his work with the knowledge that each may be working the same area simultaneously. Each Contractor will be expected to cooperate with the Engineer, Owner, and other Contractors in the completion of the work. B. Disputes: The Engineer, whose decision will be final, will decide any disputes arising between the Contractors. C. Coordination: Contractors shall coordinate their schedules and work activities very closely, including holding weekly meetings in the presence of the Engineer's onsite representative. Contractors must cooperate with each other, including working around each other's work activities. Potential delays as a result of lack of coordination will not be considered grounds for claim for additional time extensions and/or additional compensations. 4.7 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES: A. Use of the Site: The Contractor shall confine his operations at the site to the areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in project construction. B. Open Passage: Keep existing drives, entrances, and air operations areas designated to remain open, clear, and available to the Owner, his employees and the public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. C. Storage: Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and location of storage sheds to the areas indicated. If additional storage is necessary, obtain Engineer's approval. /40� D. Vehicle/Equipment Security: Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks, and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as Airport Maintenance Building Summary of Work Sebastian Municipal Airport 01010-6 �••,� to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. 4.8 WORK RESTRICTION: A. Turf Restoration: All non -paved areas that are disturbed by the Contractor's work, staging area, haul roads, etc. shall be reseeded and restored to original condition by the Contractor. Except where otherwise specified, there will be no separate pay item for this work; it will be considered incidental to and included in the price bid for Section 01000, Mobilization. B. Security: Contractor shall provide security within his construction area and shall keep all unauthorized personnel out. C. Access Points: All construction traffic shall enter and exit the project area only through the project access point(s) shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer. Contractor will be responsible for security of entrance gates under use by him/her. D. Construction Stakeout: The Contractor shall perform construction stakeout in accordance with Article 50-06 of the General Provisions. E. Haul Route: The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing haul routes suitable for supporting all necessary transportation and construction equipment for the duration of the project. Any existing roads or other areas that are used as part of the haul route shall be restored to their original condition after completion of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for all clean up operations of debris that may be on the haul route and for watering and/or other dust preventive measures to preclude fugitive dust from affecting buildings, occupants, or airfield operations. No separate payment will be made for seeding or mulching, or pavement restoration; such costs will be incidental to and included in the price bid for Section 01000, Mobilization. F. Contracts During Non -Working Hours: For the duration of the project, the Contractor shall designate a list of authorized individuals in a prioritized order, to be on 24 hour call, and these individuals shall be equipped with a beeper and cellular phone. These individuals shall be able to respond to any situation arising out of the performance of the work on this project, particularly during nighttime hours, and shall respond and be on the project site within one hour after the phone call or beep. 4.9 COORDINATION: The work of this Contract includes coordination by the Contractor of the entire work of the project, including preparation of general coordination drawings, diagrams and schedules, and control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activity through project close-out and warranty periods. 4.10 PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY OR USE: The Owner reserves the right to use completed and accepted work provided such use does not interfere with completion of other work. Such use will not affect warranty stipulations addressed elsewhere in the contract documents. PART 5 - PRODUCTS (Not Used.) Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01010-7 Summary of Work � PART 6 - EXECUTION f'� /10� 6.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Except as otherwise specified, no separate measurement or payment will be made for work set forth in this section; such costs will be considered as incidental to and included in the price for Section 01000, Mobilization, or other items as appropriate. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01010. 01010-8 Summary of Work � SECTION 01040- PROJECT COORDINATION f PART 7 - GENERAL 7.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: All contract documents and drawings apply to work of this section. 7.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordination of work on the project include but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Coordination and meetings. 2. Surveys and records or reports. 3. Limitations on use of site. 4. Special reports. 5. General installation provisions. 6. Cleaning and protection. 7. Conservation and salvage. PART 8 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable) PART 9 - EXECUTIONS 9.1 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS: A. General: The Contractor shall prepare a written memorandum on required coordination activities and include such items as required notices, reports and attendance at meetings. Distribute this memorandum to each entity performing work at the Project site. Prepare similar memorandum for separate Contractors where interfacing of their work is required. B. Preconstruction Conference: A Preconstruction Conference will be scheduled after award of Contract and prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed. Key Project personnel representing the Prime Contractor and all major Subcontractors will be required to attend this Conference. All other parties involved with this Project, such as the Owner, Engineer, and FAA, will also be represented. All affected parties at the Preconstruction Conference will review the entire Construction Schedule carefully. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed Construction Schedule for review prior to and at the Preconstruction Conference. C. Coordination Meetings: The Contractor shall hold General Project Coordination Meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. These meetings may be as often as weekly if required. These meetings are in addition to specified meetings held for other purposes, such as regular Project meetings and special Pre -installation Meetings. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the work of the entire Project. Conduct meetings in a manner, which will resolve coordination problems. Record results of the meeting and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to f� others affected by decision or actions resulting from each meeting. Airport Maintenance Building Project Coordination Sebastian Municipal Airport 01040-9 f 1. The Contractor shall also conduct daily coordination meetings with the Engineer's representative, FAA and designated Owner's representative to coordinate construction and airport operations. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings by teleconference weekly and at the project site monthly. Notify the Owner and Engineer of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. E. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Engineer, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. F. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the project, and to airport operational safety during construction. 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved doing so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Other: Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: a) Interface requirements. b) Time. c) Sequences. d) Deliveries. e) Off-site fabrication problems. f) Access. g) Site utilization. h) Temporary facilities and services. i) Hours of work. j) Hazards and risks. k) Housekeeping. 1) Quality and work standards. m) Change orders. n) Documentation of information for payment requests. G. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. H. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01040-10 Project Coordination � 9.2 SURVEYS AND RECORDS/REPORTS: A. Construction Staking: The Engineer has established survey base lines for the Contractor. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the loss or damage of primary control points. The Contractor will be responsible for staking required for construction. Working from lines and levels established by the design survey, establish and maintain benchmarks and other dependable markers required for construction. Establish bench marks and markers to set lines and levels for work at each stage of construction and elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the project. Calculate and measure required dimensions as shown within recognized tolerances. Drawings shall not be scaled to determine dimensions. Advise entities performing work of marked lines and levels provided for their use. B. Survey Procedures: Before proceeding with the layout of actual work, verify the layout information shown on the drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. As work proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. Maintain a surveyor's log or record book of such checks; make this log or record book available for the Engineer's reference. Record deviations from required lines and levels, and advise the Engineer promptly upon detection of deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances. Record deviations, which are accepted, and not corrected, on record drawings. Survey work shall be performed by and under supervision of a professional (registered) land surveyor in the State where the project is located. C. Quality of Work: The elevations of permanent and temporary benchmarks shall be determined and recorded to the nearest 0.01 foot. Differential leveling and transit traverses shall be of such precision that the error of vertical closure in feet shall not exceed plus or minus 0.1 foot in 5000 fah feet. The angular error of closure for transit traverses shall not exceed 1.0 -minute times the square root of the number of angles turned. 1. Slope stakes shall be placed, as a minimum, at 100 -foot stations, breaks in the original ground surface, and at any other intermediate stations necessary to insure accurate location for construction layout and measurement. Slope stakes and cross sections shall be perpendicular to the centerline. Significant breaks in grade shall be determined for cross sections. Distances shall be measured horizontally and recorded to the nearest 0.1 foot. Side shots for interim construction stakes may be taken with a hand level. D. Records: All survey data shall be recorded in fully identified, standard hardbound engineering survey field notebooks with consecutively numbered pages. All field notes and printed data shall include the purpose or description of the work, the date the work was performed, weather data, sketches and the personnel who performed and checked the work. Electronically generated survey data and computations shall be bound, page numbered and cross-referenced in a bound field notebook containing the index for all survey data. 1. The construction survey records shall be available at all times during the progress of the work for examination and use by the Engineer and copies shall be made available to the Engineer upon request. The original field notebooks and other records shall be turned over to and become the property of the Owner prior to final acceptance of the work. E. Quality Assurance Survey Services: Contractor shall furnish surveying services required to establish horizontal and vertical location of soil density tests by Owner's QA testing laboratory. F. Engineer Services: Engineer will furnish available benchmark and coordinate information at no cost to Contractor. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01040-11 Project Coordination /aw&� 9.3 LIMITATIONS ON USE OF THE SITE: A. General: Limitations on site usage as well as specific requirements that impact site utilization are indicated on the drawings and by other contract documents. Schedule deliveries so as to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. B. Waste Disposal: Waste materials shall be disposed of off airport property except as specified otherwise in Contract Documents. 9.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No measurement or payment will be made for work in this section; it will be considered as incidental cost to Mobilization and other items of work. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01040 01040- 12 Project Coordination SECTION 01060 -CONTROL OF EROSION, SILTATION AND POLLUTION PART 10 - GENERAL 10.1 REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall take all measures necessary to minimize soil erosion, situation, water pollution, and air pollution caused by his operations. The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations of all legally constituted authorities relating to pollution prevention and control. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all such regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work, and shall at all times observe and comply with all such regulations. In the event of conflict between such regulations and the requirements of the specifications, the more restrictive requirements shall apply. 10.2 The Engineer will limit the area over which clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment operations are performed whenever the Contractor's operations do not make effective use of construction practices and temporary measures which will minimize erosion, or whenever effective erosion control features are not being completed as soon as permitted by construction operations. 10.3 EROSION CONTROL SCHEDULE: Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval 3 copies of his erosion control schedule at the time of the preconstruction conference. This schedule shall show the time relationship between phases of the work, which must be coordinated to reduce erosion, and shall describe construction practices and temporary erosion control measures, which will be used to minimize erosion. The schedule shall also show the Contractor's proposed method of erosion control on haul roads and borrow and material pits, and his plan for disposal of waste materials. No work shall be started until the erosion control schedule and the Engineer has approved methods of operations. PART 11 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 12 - EXECUTION 12.1 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL: The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution throughout the life of the project to prevent the eroding of soil and silting of rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs, other impoundments, ground surfaces, or other property. Prior to suspension of operations on the project or any portion thereof, the Contractor shall take all necessary measures to protect the construction area, including but not limited to borrow pits, soil type base courses, and waste areas, from erosion during the period of suspension. 12.2 COORDINATION OF EROSION CONTROL OPERATIONS: A. Temporary and permanent erosion control measures shall be provided as shown on the plans or f as directed by the Engineer. All permanent erosion control work shall be incorporated into the project at the earliest practicable time. Temporary erosion control measures shall be coordinated with permanent erosion control measures and all other work on the project to assure Airport Maintenance Building Control Of Erosion, Siltation and Pollution Sebastian Municipal Airport 01060-13 (10 ® economical, effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction and post construction period and to minimize situation of rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs, other water impoundments, ground surfaces, or other property. B. Temporary erosion control measures shall include but not be limited to the use of temporary beams, dikes, dams, silt fences, drainage ditches, silt basins, diversion ditches, slope drains, structures, vegetation, mulches, mats, netting, gravel, rip rap, or any other methods or devices that are necessary. Temporary erosion control measures may include work outside the construction limits where such work is necessary as a result of construction such as borrow pit operations, haul roads, plant sites, equipment storage sites, and disposal of waste or debris. The Contractor shall be liable for all damages to public or private property caused by silting or slides originating in waste areas furnished by the Contractor. C. Materials for temporary erosion control measures shall be approved by the Engineer before being used or shall be as directed by the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall acceptably maintain erosion control measures installed by the Contractor. 12.3 WATER AND AIR POLLUTION: A. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution throughout the life of the project to prevent pollution of rivers, streams, and water impoundments. Pollutants such as chemicals, fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, and other harmful waste shall not be discharged into or alongside of rivers, streams, or impoundments, or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. B. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State or local air pollution regulations throughout the life of the project. 12.4 OPEN BURNING OF COMBUSTIBLE WASTES: Where and if burning is permitted by the specifications, the following conditions shall apply: A. No tires, oils, asphalt, paint, or coated metals are permitted in combustible waste piles. B. Burning shall not be permitted unless the prevailing wind is away from a nearby town, built-up area, or aircraft operations area. C. Burning shall not be permitted during a local air inversion or other climatic condition as would result in a pall of smoke over a nearby town, built-up area, or aircraft operations area. D. Burning shall not be permitted when the danger of brush or forest fires is made known by State, local, or Federal officials. E. The size and number of fires shall be restricted to avoid the danger of brush or forest fires. Burning shall be done under surveillance of a watchman, who shall have fire -fighting equipment and tools readily available. 12.5 DUST CONTROL: Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01060-14 Control Of Erosion, Siltation and Pollution A. The Contractor shall control dust throughout the life of the project within the project area and at all other areas affected by the construction of the project, including, but not specifically limited to unpaved roads, haul roads, access roads, disposal sites, borrow and material pits, and production sites. Dust control shall not be considered effective where the amount of dust creates a potential or actual unsafe condition, public nuisance, or condition endangering the value, utility, or appearance of any property. B. The Contractor will not be directly compensated for any dust control measures necessary; this work will be considered incidental to the work covered by the various contract items. 12.6 APPLICATION OF SPECIFICATIONS: The provisions of this section shall apply to all construction operations. Further references and detailed requirements concerning erosion, situation, and pollution prevention and control, may be given in other sections of the specifications and on the drawings. 12.7 CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION AND REPORT: The Contractor shall make an inspection of the construction site on a weekly basis and after each potentially damaging rainfall. Note shall be taken of any damage to existing erosion control features and of situation problems encountered during the inspection. In a report to the Engineer, the Contractor shall outline his corrective measures to be undertaken and the date of implementation. 12.8 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK: Failure of the Contractor to fulfill any of the requirements of this section may result in the Engineer ordering the stopping of construction operations in accordance with the following: A. The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly or in part by written order, for such periods as he may deem necessary due to conditions considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the work, or to failure on the part of the Contractor to correct conditions unsafe for workmen or the general public or to carry out orders given or, to perform any provisions of the contract. Such suspension of operations will not justify an extension of contract time. B. Failure on the part of the Contractor to perform the necessary measures to control erosion, situation, and pollution will result in the Engineer notifying the Contractor to take such measures. Any fine, penalty or other cost assessed by State, local or other governmental agencies for non-performance of erosion, situation or pollution controls against the Owner shall become the responsibility of the Contractor; such assessments, if not paid by the Contractor, shall be deducted from monies due the Contractor at the completion of the job. In the event that the Contractor fails to perform such measures within 24 hours after receipt of such notice, the Engineer may suspend the work as provided above, or may proceed to have such measures performed by others. The cost of such work performed by others will be deducted from monies due the Contractor on his contract. 12.9 PAYMENT: Except where specified otherwise elsewhere in the specifications, there will be no direct payment for any work in connection with the requirements of this section; the work shall be considered incidental to demolition, clearing, grubbing, grading, excavation, embankment, or other operations. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01060-15 Control Of Erosion, Siltation and Pollution Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01060 01060-16 Control Of Erosion, Siltation and Pollution � SECTION 01095-NPDES PERMIT CONFORMANCE PART 13 - General Information: A. The NPDES program is established under 40CFR 122.2 B. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Activities that are classified as "Associated with Industrial Activity." This Construction General Permit covers all areas administered by EPA Region 4, which includes Florida. The Construction General Permit was published in Federal RegisterNol. 63, No. 61 /Tuesday, March 31, 1998 and is available on EPA's web site or from the Owner. C. The NPDES permit program requires a Construction General Permit if the construction activity will disturb five acres or greater, or will disturb less than five acres but is part of a larger common plan of development or sale whose total land disturbing activities total five acres or greater (or is designated by the NPDES permitting authority); and will discharge storm water runoff from the construction site into a municipal separate storm water sewer system (MS4) or waters of the United States. D. For this contract, the Engineer has determined that a Construction General Permit is required. It is therefore required that the Contractor read the permit requirements in the Construction General Permit cited in paragraph C, develop and implement a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), complete and submit a Notice of Intent (NOI), and complete and submit a Notice of Termination (NOT). E. Detailed guidance on the development of the SWPPP is contained in EPA Publication EPA 832- R-92-005 dated September 1992, titled Storm Water Management for Construction Activities — Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices. PART 14 - Specific Requirements: A. The Contractor shall develop, implement and comply with a plan specifically designed for this construction site and including Best Management Practices (BMPs) and controls which prevent the pollution of storm water discharges. B. The Contractor shall incorporate into the SWPPP all applicable requirements specified in state or local sediment and erosion control plans or permits or storm water management plans or permits. The Contractor shall submit a certification that the SWPPP reflects these requirements and that these requirements will be complied with during the term of the contract. C. Prior to commencement of construction, the SWPPP must be prepared and certified by the Contractor. Notice of Intent (NOI) must be forwarded to the Environmental Protection Agency (with an information copy to the Owner) at least 48 hours prior to any land clearing. D. Recordkeeping: The Contractor shall maintain the Plan and the associated records and reports, �..,� including documentation of the required inspections. These documents shall be maintained at the job site until the site is finally stabilized. Thereafter, the Contractor (Permittee) shall keep the SWPPP and all reports for at least threeyears. Airport Maintenance Building NPDES Permit Conformance Sebastian Municipal Airport 01095- 17 /9"�N E. Report Submittal: The Contractor shall include with each payment request two (2) sets of information copies of all required inspection reports, certifications and notifications. Inspection reports to be submitted shall include both weekly reports and special reports required after rainfall events in excess of 0.5". The regulations specifically require an onsite rain gauge. It is recommended that the Contractor record rainfall amount daily. Payment requests will not be processed in the absence of these submittals. F. When the construction activity has ceased and all areas affected by the work are stabilized, the Contractor shall prepare, certify and submit the required Notice of Termination to the Environmental Protection Agency and the Owner. Final payment application will not be processed in the absence of these submissions. PART 15 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 16 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 1095 01095-18 NPDES Permit Conformance SECTION 01150 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 17 - GENERAL 17.1 DESCRIPTION: A. Method of Measurement and Payment: This section supplements the Contract and establishes the method of measurement and payment for work performed under this contract. B. Unit Price: Except where lump sum is indicated, payment for work performed shall be made on a unit price basis in accordance with the accepted bid and the method of payment provided in the General Provisions. C. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Specifications: 1. Bid (Proposal) 2. Agreement. 3. Conditions of the Contract. D. Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections: 1. Summary of Work - Section 01010. 2. Submittals - Section 01300. 3. Contract Closeout - Section 01700. E. Work With No Identified Payment Items: No additional payment will be made for items of work for which a separate payment item is not specified or contained in the Bid Schedule; such work shall be deemed incidental to the project and payment for said work shall be considered as included in the various unit bid prices. 17.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: A. Submittal Schedule: Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer in accordance with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement between Owner and Contractor. B. Format and Data Required: 1. Submit Applications for Partial Payment on the form required by Owner with itemized data typed on 8 1/2 x 11 inch white paper continuation sheets. 2. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet: Format, schedules, line items and values: Those of the Schedule of Values accepted by the Engineer. C. Preparation of Application for Each Progress Payment: 1. Application Form: a. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal of application. b. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with the respective totals indicated on the continuation sheets. C. Execute certification with the signature of a responsible officer of the contract firm. 2. Continuation Sheets: Airport Maintenance Building Measurement and Payment Sebastian Municipal Airport 01150-19 /40� a. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of work, with item number and the scheduled dollar value for each item. b. Fill in the dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored. Round off values to the nearest dollar, or as provided in the bid. 3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of submission, at the end of the continuation sheets. a. List by Change Order and description, as for an original component item of work. 1) Submit Applications for Payment to Owner at the times stipulated in the Agreement. b. Number: Four copies of each Application. D. Substantiating Data: 1. When the Owner or Engineer require substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information with cover letter identifying: a. Project. b. Application number and date. C. Detailed list of enclosures. d. For stored products: Item number and identification as shown on application. e. Description of specific material. 2. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. E. Preparation of Application for Final Payment: 1. Fill in application form as specified for progress payments. 2. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Contract Closeout - Section 01700. 17.3 MEASURES AND WEIGHTS: A. Contractor Assistance: To aid the Owner in determining all quantities, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, provide scales, equipment and assistance for weighing or for measuring any of the materials at no cost to the Owner. B. Weights and Measures: Quantities for payment will be the actual weight or actual measure, and no special or trade or so -termed customary allowances will be made, nor will any material, which is lost or misplaced, be included for payment. C. Use of Plan Meter: For estimating quantities in which computation of areas by geometric methods would be comparatively laborious, it is agreed that the plan meter shall be considered an instrument of precision to the measurement of such areas. D. Precedence of Dimensions: Figured dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over measurement by scale, and detailed working drawings are to take precedence over general drawings and shall be considered as explanatory of them and not as indicating extra work. PART 18 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 19 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01150-20 Measurement and Payment w Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01150 01150-21 Measurement and Payment SECTION 01300 -SUBMITTALS PART 20 - GENERAL 20.1 SUBMITTALS BY CONTRACTOR: A. Construction Progress Schedule. B. Certifications as specified in the various sections. C. Shop Drawings and Project Data as specified in the various sections. D. Miscellaneous: 1. Weekly Payroll. 2. EEO Reports. 3. DBE Expenditure Report. 4. Safety Plan. 5. Security Plan. 6. Warranties and Bonds. 7. QC Plan. 8. Equipment Manuals 9. Sales Tax Report 10. Other(s) as required. 20.2 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit a CPM or linear type bar -chart schedule 7 calendar days prior to the preconstruction conference date established for the work. On the schedule, indicate a time bar for each major category or unit of work to be performed at the site, properly sequenced and coordinated with other elements of work. Show completion of the work sufficiently in advance of the date established for substantial completion of work. 1. Superimpose an S-curve on the schedule to show the "estimated" total dollar -volume of work performed at any date during the contract time, with a column of cost figures in the left hand margin ranging from zero to the contract sum. 2. Submittal Tabulation: With the bar -chart submittal, submit tabulation, by date, of the submittals, which are required during the first 30 days of construction time. At the Contractor's option, submittal dates may be shown on the bar -chart schedule, in lieu of being tabulated. B. Phasing: Arrange schedule with notations to show how sequence of work is affected by requirements for phased completion, limitations of continued utilization, non -interrupt able services, use prior to substantial completion, site restrictions, runway and/or taxiway closures, provisions for future work, seasonal variations, environmental control, and similar provisions of total project. Phase I schedule is required at the preconstruction meeting. Each subsequent phasing schedule is required at least two weeks before the phase is to begin. Refer to other sections of the General Requirements and other contract documents for requirements. C. Distribution: Following the initial submittal to and response by the Engineer, print and distribute progress schedules to the Engineer (3 copies), Owner, separate contractors, principal Airport Maintenance Building Submittals Sebastian Municipal Airport 01300-23 subcontractors and suppliers or fabricators, and others with a need -to -know schedule - compliance requirement. Post copies in the project meeting room and temporary field office. When revisions are made, distribute updated issues to the same entities and post updated issues in the same locations. Delete entities from distribution when they have completed their assigned work and are no longer involved in the performance of scheduled work. D. Update: Contractor shall update the schedule monthly for duration of construction. 20.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA: A. Scope: Submit shop drawings, certifications, and product data for all products to be incorporated in the work. B. Shop Drawings Shall_ I. Be original drawings, prepared by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or distributor, which illustrate some portion of the work; showing fabrication, layout, setting, or erection details. 2. Be prepared by a qualified detailer. 3. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on Contract Drawings. 4. Be sheet size 24 in. x 36 in. 5. Be reproduced for submittals on opaque diazole prints or blueprints. C. Product Data Shall: 1. Include manufacturer's standard schematic drawings. The Contractor shall: f a. Modify drawings to delete information, which is not applicable to project. b. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to project. 2. Include manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data. The Contractor shall: a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials or products. b. Show dimensions and clearances required. C. Show performance characteristics and capacities. D. The Contractor Shall: 1. Be responsible for all submittals. 2. Review shop drawings and product data prior to submission 3. Verify: a. Field measurements. b. Field construction criteria. C. Catalog numbers and similar data. 4. Coordinate each submittal with the requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. 5. Notify the Engineer, in writing at time of submission, of deviations in submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. 6. Begin no work, which requires submittals until the return of submittals with the Engineer's stamp and initials or signature indicating review. 7. After the Engineer's review, distribute copies. �1 E. Contractor's Responsibilities: Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01300-24 Submittals I . Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Engineer's review of submittals. 2. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Engineer's review of submittal, unless the Engineer gives written acceptance of specific deviations. F. Submission Requirements Include: 1. The shop drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow discussion and correction prior to beginning the work. Work shall not be performed nor materials ordered prior to the review of the drawings except at the Contractor's risk. 2. Submit 4 copies of all shop drawings after which 1 copy will be returned for correction or marked reviewed as noted. Any drawings returned for correction must be resubmitted with same number of copies as required above. Engineer will distribute copies to: 1. Engineer 2. City of Sebastian Airport 3. City of Sebastian Building Department 4. Contractor 3. All submittals must be accompanied by a transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: a. Date. b. Project title and number. C. Contractor's name and address. d. The number of each shop drawing and product data submitted. e. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. f. Other pertinent data. 4. Submittals shall include the following, as applicable: a. Date and revision dates. b. Project title and number. C. The names of- Engineer. fEngineer. 2) Contractor. 3) Subcontractor. 4) Supplier. 5) Manufacturer. 6) Separate detailer when pertinent. d. Identification of product or material. e. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. f. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. g. Specification item or section number. h. Applicable standards, such as ASTM number or Federal Specification. i. A blank space, 5 in. x 5 in., for the Engineer's stamp. j. Identification of deviations from the Contract Documents. k. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying Contractor's review of submittal, verification of field measurements, and compliance with Contract Documents. G. Resubmission Requirements Include: 1. Revision of initial drawings as required and resubmittal as specified for initial submittal. 2. An indication on the drawings of any changes, which have been made, other than those requested by the Engineer. 3. On product data resubmittals, include new data as required for initial submittal. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01300-25 Submittals H. Distribution to Others: After review and approval, the Contractor shall distribute copies of shop drawings and product data which carry the Engineer's stamp to others as may be required. I. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Submit notarized certifications cosigned by manufacturer/supplier and Contractor for: a. Storm drainage pipe, castings and structure materials. b. Fencing components. C. Pavement sub base, base, and surfacing and related materials. d. Grass seed. e. Structural concrete materials. f. Reinforcing steel. g. Pavement marking paint. h. Electrical wire and fixtures. i. Lighting components. j. All other products as required by the drawings, specifications, and Engineer. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data and steel placement plans for: a. All cast -in-place or precast structures. b. Catch basin and manhole grate cover and frame castings. C. Concrete and asphalt mix designs. d. All other products as required by the drawings, specifications, and Engineer. 20.4 MISCELLANEOUS: A. Equipment Manual: Prepare an Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for all %0*1N equipment installed as a part of this contract. This manual shall be a vinyl notebook with ring bound compilation of manufacturers' instructions and maintenance manuals. Prepare this manual, marking out sections, which do not apply, and present four (4) copies to the Owner through the Engineer after the final inspection is complete. Final payment will not be processed until the Owner has received and accepted the Manual. B. Weekly Payrolls: 1. In accordance with Section 130 of the General Provisions submit certified weekly payrolls for prime contractor and all subcontractors working at project site. 2. Submit payrolls no later than 7 calendar days after pay period. Payrolls will be considered current if received within 10 calendar days after last workday of payroll workweek. A workweek is the seven day period between midnight Sunday and midnight the following Sunday. 3. The Contractor is responsible for submission of payrolls by his subcontractors. 4. Submit a typed summary sheet with each payroll submission listing by week when contractor and each subcontractor worked at site. 5. A payroll submission is only required for weeks when Contractor or subcontractor is actually working at the site. C. EEO Reports: 1. Contractor shall submit Monthly Employment Utilization Report and Annual EEO -1 Report to the appropriate Federal Labor Area Office in accordance with Section 130 of the General Provisions. Submit copy of submittal to Owner for his records. 2. Prime Contractor shall insure that all his first tier subcontractors submit these reports and shall submit a sworn statement to Owner monthly certifying that all subcontractor reports have been submitted as required. Airport Maintenance Building Submittals Sebastian Municipal Airport 01300-26 (00*� D. DBE Expenditure Reports: With each application for payment, the Contractor shall submit his DBE expenditure report indicating the name, date and amount disbursed to his DBE subcontractors for the period as well as for the project to date expenditure. f*"*Nl E. Security Plan: At preconstruction conference, submit for approval proposed security plan describing specifically how security will be maintained at each access point and work area by Contractor's forces. F. Warranties and Bonds: Submit as specified in Section 01740. G. Sales Tax Report_ With each application for payment, the Contractor shall submit his Sales Tax Report on form attached to Section 00800. PART 21 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 22 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01300 01300-27 Submittals /110� SECTION 01400 -QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 23 - GENERAL 23.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings, General Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, and other Contract Documents apply to work of this section. 23.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Required inspection and testing services are intended to assist in the determination of probable compliance of the work with requirements specified or indicated. These required services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with these requirements or for compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Specified Inspection and Tests_ Inspection, tests and related actions specified in this section and elsewhere in the Contract Documents are not intended to limit the Contractor's own quality control procedures which facilitate overall compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor Quality Control: Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services as required by the Engineer, the Owner, and the provisions of this section do not limit governing authorities or other authorized entities. D. Contractor's Quality Control Personnel and Laboratory: Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Agreement and all technical specifications as listed in this manual. 23.3 RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Contractor Responsibilities: Contractor is responsible for his own quality control testing and inspection to insure the quality of his means and methods of construction will produce the specified quality of work, and for any tests and inspections required by regulatory agencies. Costs for these services shall be included in the contract sum. The Contractor may employ and pay an independent agency, testing laboratory or other qualified firm to perform quality control services specified, or qualified contractor personnel may perform these services. B. The Contractor shall submit for Engineer's approval a Quality Control (QC) Plan delineating his methods for each item requiring inspections, tests, and similar services. C. Quality Assurance: The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests of materials for Quality Assurance. The Owner's quality assurance testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing the quality materials, workmanship and testing required to comply with these specifications. D. Retest Responsibility: Where results of required inspections, tests, or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, then retests are the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be deducted from i' monies due the Contractor on his monthly pay request, regardless of whether the original test Airport Maintenance Building Quality Control Services Sebastian Municipal Airport 01400-29 /0041\ was the Contractor's responsibility. Retesting of work revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original work. /,"*N E. Responsibility for Associated Services: The Contractor is required to cooperate with the independent agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services. Provide such auxiliary services as are reasonably requested. Notify the testing agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. These auxiliary services include but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Providing access to the work. 2. Taking samples or providing assistance with taking samples. 3. Delivery of samples to test laboratories. 4. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the project site. 5. Surveying services required establishing horizontal and vertical location of tests by Engineer's quality assurance testing laboratory. 23.4 SCHEDULE OF SERVICES: Each specification section identifies principal inspections, tests and similar services required by the Contractor Documents. PART 24 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 25 - EXECUTION 25.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample -taking, and similar services performed on the work, repair damaged work and test sites to eliminate deficiencies. Protect work exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired work. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. 25.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No measurement or payment will be made for work in this section; it will be considered as incidental cost to Mobilization and other items of work. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01400 01400-30 Quality Control Services /O� SECTION 01510 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 26 - GENERAL 26.1 DESCRIPTION: A. Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction and other temporary facilities as indicated; remove on completion of work. B. Related requirements are specified in other sections of the specifications. 26.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: A. Comply with National Electric Code. B. Comply with Federal, State, and Local codes and regulations and with utility company requirements. PART 27 - PRODUCTS PART 28 - EXECUTION 28.1 TEMPORARY WATER: A. Provide water for construction purposes; pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for water used. B. The site is served by a municipal water system. The Contractor shall make arrangements for securing and providing necessary water as required for the performance of the work. 28.2 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES: A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. B. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. 28.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORT FACILITIES: A. General: Provide reasonably neat and uniform in appearance temporary support facilities acceptable to the Engineer and the Owner. B. Siting: Locate field offices, storage and fabrication sheds and other support facilities for easy /4461\ access to the work. Position office so that windows give the best possible view of construction activities. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01510-31 Temporary Facilities C. Maintenance: Maintain storage and fabrication sheds, temporary sanitary facilities, waste collection and disposal systems, and project identification and temporary signs until project completion. D. Staging Area: Contractor shall prepare his staging area and access road by grading, drainage, and placing a four (4) inch thick stone base of coarse aggregate (#57 stone) over the entire staging area and access road(s). The Contractor shall apply a periodic top dressing to the stone base in order to minimize any fugitive dust or mud during the construction period. Upon completion of the project, the stone base shall be completely removed, the site graded to drain, and then seeded and mulched. E. Access and Haul Roads: I. Locations of access and haul roads will be approved by the Engineer and are shown on the drawings These roads will be located to minimize conflict with Airport operations and shall be maintained, well defined, and confined to the minimum area required. Damaged roads shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Owner. 2. The Contractor shall utilize existing access and haul roads and shall maintain the roads as required to create no dust. All project traffic must be routed through these areas. The Contractor shall provide all markings required to clearly define the access and haul roads. 3. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining any necessary driveway permit(s) from local or state agencies for access and haul roads. 4. If access or haul roads cross a utility, the Contractor shall protect the utility as directed by the Owner of the utility. / 5. There shall be no direct payment for the construction, maintenance, and removal of access and haul roads. F. Facilities for Night Work: 1. To perform construction activities at night, Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary construction lights to illuminate night work areas during hours of darkness. The equipment used for lighting shall provide a sufficient amount of light to illuminate the work areas satisfactorily for construction and inspection. The Contractor may be required to provide additional lighting units, as directed by the Engineer. Upon completion of each nighttime operation, the lighting equipment shall be removed from the construction area and stored in the Contractor's storage area. 2. The Contractor will be required to coordinate lighting positions with ATC prior to any night work. This coordination will be accomplished and requested through the Engineer. 3. No direct payment shall be made for this item. 28.4 EXECUTION, GENERAL: Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. 28.5 REMOVAL: A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. Restore grassed and paved areas to their pre -construction condition. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01510-32 Temporary Facilities /'P`1 28.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: There shall be no separate measurement and payment for Temporary Facilities. All provision and removal costs shall be included in Item 01000, Mobilization. w ("\ END OF SECTION 0 15 10 Airport Maintenance Building Temporary Facilities Sebastian Municipal Airport 01510-33 /0041� SECTION 01600 -MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT �Q PART 29 - GENERAL 29.1 REQUIREMENTS: A. Material, Equipment, and Products Incorporated Into the Work shall conform to applicable specifications and standards; shall comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer; and shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or is specified. B. Manufactured and Fabricated Products shall be designed, fabricated and assembled in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. Like parts of duplicate units shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless Engineer specifically approves variations in writing. C. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual: Conditions of the Contract. D. Standardization: Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, items and equipment of a similar type and function shall be furnished by one manufacturer to standardize on replacement parts, service calls, operation and maintenance matters, and to avoid a division of responsibility among several manufacturers. E. A single supplier shall be used on principal items of equipment and systems where one or more components are not manufactured by the principal supplier; this is required to place performance and service responsibilities for the entire unit or system with only one supplier or manufacturer. 29.2 PRODUCTS SUBSTITUTIONS AND OPTIONS: A. Products List: Contractor shall submit a complete list of products to be incorporated into the work (with the name of the installing contractor) at the Preconstruction Conference required by these specifications. B. Contractor's Options: I. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named, which complies with the specifications. C. Product Substitutions: Contractor shall submit, at the Preconstruction Conference, all requests for product substitutions. No requests for substitutions will be accepted from manufacturers or suppliers. Submit a separate written request for each product, supported with complete data, with flo"N drawings and samples as appropriate, including: 1. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified. 2. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. Airport Maintenance Building Materials and Equipment Sebastian Municipal Airport 01600-35 3. Effect on the construction schedule. 4. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified. 5. Any required license fees or royalties. 6. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials. Engineer shall be the judge of the equality and acceptability of the proposed substitution. If Engineer determines the proposed substitute product is not "equal" to the specified product, the Contractor must provide the specified product, subject to Engineer's shop drawing review and approval. No further requests for substitutions will be considered after Preconstruction Conference. D. Contractor's Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work, and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently E. Engineer's Review: Engineer will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Contractor, in writing, of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. 29.3 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: A. Printed Instructions: When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, Contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including copies to Engineer. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion and acceptance. B. Strict Compliance: Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instruction, consult with Engineer for further instructions. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Complete Compliance: Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do no omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 29.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: A. Deliveries: Contractor shall arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules; coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of contract documents and approved submittals, and that products are properly protected and undamaged. Airport Maintenance Building Materials and Equipment Sebastian Municipal Airport 01600-36 B. Handling: Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage of products or packaging. 29.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION: A. Storage: Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight enclosures. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. Exterior Storage: Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids; prevent soiling or staining. Cover products, which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. Store loose granular materials in a well -drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. C. Storage Inspection: Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. D. Protection After Installations: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. PART 30 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 31 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01600 01600-37 Materials and Equipment SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 32 - GENERAL 32.1 REQUIREMENTS: A. Comply with requirements stated in conditions of the contract and in specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work. B. Related requirements in other parts of the Project Manual including fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements: Conditions of the contract. C. Related requirements specified in other sections: 1. Closeout submittals required of trades: The respective sections of specifications. 2. Project Record Documents: Section 01720. 3. Warranties and Bonds: Section 01740. 32.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: The conditions and procedures for inspection and Contractor's, Engineer's and Owner's responsibilities pertaining to substantial completion are as specified in the General Provisions and in the Supplementary Conditions. /—ks� PART 33 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 34 - EXECUTION 34.1 FINAL INSPECTION: Shall be in accordance with conditions and procedures outlined in the Contract Documents. When Engineer finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he will request required Contractor's Closeout Submittals. 34.2 REINSPECTION FEES: Should Engineer perform reinspections due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor, the Owner will compensate Engineer for such additional services. The Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment due the Contractor. 34.3 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ENGINEER: A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: Certificates of Inspection. B. Project Record Documents: Conform to requirements of Section 01720. C. Warranties and Bonds: Conform to requirements of Section 01740. l00*111 D. Evidence of payment and release of liens: To requirements of General Provisions and Supplementary Conditions. Airport Maintenance Building Contract Closeout Sebastian Municipal Airport 01700-39 f'� E. Certificates of Insurance for products and completed operations. /'R1 F. Once the Engineer has determined the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he will furnish the Contractor appropriate number of copies of the following forms, copies of which are attached: 1. Contractor Warranty Form 2. Affidavit of Payment 3. Affidavit of Release of Liens 4. Final Waiver of Lien 5. Consent of Surety for Final Payment 6. Final DBE Participation Report 7. Contractor's Sales Tax Report 34.4 PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section for work described or specified herein. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01700 01700-40 Contract Closeout /1� AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by CONTRACTOR to furnish labor and materials for AIRPORT MAINTENANCE BUILDING work, under a contract for the improvement of property described as PROJECT in the SEBASTIAN County of INDIAN RIVER, State of Florida of which OWNER is the Owner, NOW, THEREFORE, this day of 1200_, The undersigned, as the Contractor for the above-named Contract pursuant to the Conditions of the Contract hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or services, who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) /'4 ATTACHMENTS: 1� 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. (Whenever Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required.) 2. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 3. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers. 4. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. CONTRACTOR (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership) (Signature of Authorized Representative) TITLE Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport (Affix corporate seal here) 01700-41 Contract Closeout /0� 140 AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIEN To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by CONTRACTOR to furnish labor and materials for AIRPORT MAINTENANCE BUILDING work, under a contract for the improvement of property described as PROJECT in the SEBASTIAN County of INDIAN RIVER State of Florida of which OWNER is the Owner, NOW, THEREFORE, this day of .200_, The undersigned, as the Contractor for the above-named Contract pursuant to the Conditions of the Contract hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or services, who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) ATTACHMENTS: I . Contractors Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers. SUBCONTRACTOR (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership) (Signature of Authorized Representative) TITLE Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport (Affix corporate seal here) 01700-42 Contract Closeout FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by CONTRACTOR to furnish labor and materials for AIRPORT MAINTENANCE BUILDING work, under a contract for the improvement of property described as PROJECT in the SEBASTIAN County of INDIAN RIVER State of Florida of which OWNER is the Owner, NOW, THEREFORE, this day of , 200_. for and in consideration of the sum of Dollars paid simultaneously herewith, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged by the undersigned, the undersigned does hereby waive and release any lien rights to, or claim of lien with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improve- ments thereon, and on the monies or other considerations due to become due from the owner, on account of labor, services, material, fixtures, apparatus of machinery heretofore or which may hereafter be furnished by the under- signed to or for the above-described premises by virtue of said contract. CONTRACTOR (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership) 1,-N, (Signature of Authorized Representative) TITLE Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport (Affix corporate seal here) 01700-43 Contract Closeout f"\ CONTRACTOR WARRANTY FORM Project Name AIRPORT MAINTENANCE BUILDING Location LOCATION Owner OWNER We, CONTRACTOR, Contractor for the above referenced project, do hereby warrant that all labor and materials furnished and work performed are in accordance with the Contract Documents and authorized modifications thereto, and will be free from defect due to defective materials or workmanship for a period of one year from Date of Sub- stantial Completion. This warranty commences on (Date of Substantial Completion Affixed by Engineer) and expires on : (One Year From Commencement Date) This warranty covers that portion of the project described below: Should any defect develop during the warranty period due to improper materials, workmanship or arrangement, the defect shall, upon written notice by the Owner, be made good by the Undersigned at no expense to the Owner. Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has been abused or neglected by the Owner. Date CONTRACTOR (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership) (Signature of Authorized Representative) TITLE Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport (Affix corporate seal here) 01700-44 Contract Closeout CONSENT OF SURETY FOR FINAL PAYMENT Project Name AIRPORT MAINTENANCE BUILDING Location LOCATION Owner OWNER Type of Contract Construction Amount of Contract $ In accordance with the provisions of the above-named contact between the Owner and the Contractor, the following named surety: SURETY on the Payment Bond of the following named Contractor: CONTRACTOR hereby approves of final payment to the Contractor, and further agrees that said final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company named herein of any of its obligations to the following named Owner: as set forth in said Surety company's bond: C11A01 � I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand and seal this DAY day of MONTH 200 SURETY (Signature of Authorized Representative) (Affix corporate seal here) TITLE IF SIGNED BY ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, POWER OF ATTORNEY MUST BE ATTACHED. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01700-45 Contract Closeout /'"*N SECTION 01710 -CLEANING AND DISPOSAL PART 35 - GENERAL 35.1 DESCRIPTION: Contractor shall execute cleaning during progress of the work and at completion of the work as required by the General Provisions and other specification documents. 35.2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with all local, state and federal codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws; and with airport and construction safety requirements. B. All disposals of waste materials shall be off airport property at locations approved by the Engineer. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging for and obtaining off-site disposal areas, including payment for all costs associated with such disposal. 35.3 SUBMITTALS: Prior to beginning work, submit a Disposal Plan for the satisfactory disposal of all waste materials and debris. Submit two (2) copies of the disposal site owner's written permission for such disposal with Disposal Plan. PART 36 - PRODUCTS 36.1 MATERIALS: A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 37 - EXECUTION 37.1 CLEANING: Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, windblown debris, and dust resulting from construction operations. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01710-47 Cleaning and Disposal and rubbish. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at approved locations. 37.2 BARRIERS AND PROTECTION: Protect existing structures and vegetation from cleaning and disposal operations as required. 37.3 DUST CONTROL: Schedule cleaning and other operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting there from will not fall on wet or newly coated surfaces, will not damage or contaminate aircraft, and will not unduly affect the work of other airport tenants. 37.4 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND WASTE MATERIALS: A. If permitted by Owner and local, state and federal regulations, Contractor may dispose of combustible materials on-site by burning. Unguarded fires will not be permitted. Burning will be restricted as follows: I . Burning of poison oak, poison ivy or other plants of similar nature will be prohibited. 2. Tires or other combustible waste material shall not be used to augment burning. 3. Burning operations that may in any way be hazardous to air operations will not be allowed. B. Non-combustible and waste materials and ashes shall be removed from the site and disposed of in accordance with the Disposal Plan. 37.5 PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section for work described or specified herein. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01710 01710-48 Cleaning and Disposal /`'0`\ SECTION 01720 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 38 - GENERAL 38.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Contractor shall maintain at the site as specified herein for the Owner one record copy of - 1. f1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change orders and other modifications. 5. Engineer field orders or written instructions. 6. Approved shop drawings, product data and samples. 7. Field test records. 8. Laboratory test records. B. Related requirements in other parts of the Project Manual: Conditions of the Contract. PART 39 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 40 - EXECUTION 40.1 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES: A. Store record documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. B. File documents and samples in accordance with data filing format of the Construction Specifications Institute - MASTERFORMAT. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Engineer. 40.2 RECORDING: A. Stamp or label each document "PROJECT RECORDS" in 3/4 -inch letters. B. During daily progress of the work, the job superintendent for the Contractor shall record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction in color codes designated by the Engineer. Airport Maintenance Building Project Record Documents Sebastian Municipal Airport 01720-49 D. All field data for record information shall be obtained by a surveyor who is a Registered Land Surveyor (RLS) in the state of Florida. All field notes to determine the "as -built' conditions shall be sealed by the RLS who performed the survey and shall be submitted to the Engineer. E. Record Information includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish reference datum. 2. Horizontal and vertical locations of pavements and underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements or finish reference datum. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by field order or by change order. 5. Details not on original contract drawings. 6. Extent and dimensions of pavement removal. 7. Any other changes in the plans. 8. Storm drainage system construction: a. Exact distance between all catch basins, manholes, points of intersection, and line terminals or headwalls. b. The invert elevation of the end of all pipes, stub outs, and headwalls. C. The rim (top of frame) or top of grate and invert elevations of all manholes, catch basins, and other structures. 9. Electrical construction identification: a. Exact distance between all manholes and points of intersection. b. Exact size and location of duct bank or cable run and what circuits it feeds. C. Exact location of any lines abandoned in place. d. Exact location, type, and size of runway and taxiway edge lights, centerline lights, and/or touchdown zone lights. e. Rim and invert elevation of all manholes and duct banks. f. Depth of cover on direct burial lines. g. Locations of cable splices. h. Location and description of signs. F. Specifications and addenda: Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by field order or by change order. G. All horizontal control dimensions shall be to the nearest tenth of a foot. Elevations shall be to the nearest one-hundredth of a foot. H. Set one (l) Concrete Benchmark and document location and elevation data. 40.3 SUBMITTAL: A. At the close of the job and prior to receipt of final payment, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer for the Owner one complete set of Record Documents. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. Title and number of each record document. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01720-50 Project Record Documents /`'h %a Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. 40.4 PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section for work described or specified herein. The cost of this work shall be considered incidental to and included in other items of work. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01720 01720-51 Project Record Documents SECTION 01740 -WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 41 -GENERAL 41.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Contractor shall: 1. Compile specified warranties and bonds. 2. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. 3. Co -execute submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 4. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 5. Submit to Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner. B. Related requirements in other parts of the Project Manual: 1. Bid Bonds: Instructions to bidders. 2. Performance Bond and Payment Bond: Conditions of the contract. 3. General warranty of construction: Conditions of the contract. C. Related requirements specified in other sections: I. Warranties and Bonds required for specific products: Each respective section of specifications. 2. Provisions and duration of Warranties and Bonds: The respective section of specifications, which specifies the product. 3. Contract closeout: Section 01700 4. Equipment Manuals: Section 01300 PART 42 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 43 - EXECUTION 43.1 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Assemble warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. B. Number of original signed copies required: Two (2) each. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond, or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond, or service and maintenance contract. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances, which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport 01740-53 Warranties and Bonds 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 43.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS: A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches. Punch sheets for 3 -ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: a. Project title and number. b. Owner's name. C. Contractor's name and address. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 3 -ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 43.3 TIME OF SUBMITTALS: A. Submit within ten (10) days after date of substantial completion, and prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 43.4 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED: Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of specifications. 43.5 PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section for work described or specified herein. Airport Maintenance Building Sebastian Municipal Airport END OF SECTION 01740 01740-54 Warranties and Bonds tlo� Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1��i01906111'.1WI A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. 01230- 1 Alternates n Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the metal building/concrete slab/monolithic foundation. This Additional work is identified as "Alternate Storage Area — Room #A01" (frame, wall panels, roof panels, doors, trim, etc.), extended 5' wide concrete apron, and extended "Covered Canopy" complete in the area between column lines `1' and `3' and between column lines `A' and `AA', as shown on drawings. 5' wide concrete apron, one (1) man -door, two (2) louvers, Electrical transformer, Electrical Panels and Telephone Cabinet as part of `Base Bid' to be relocated. Additional man - door, windows, gutter, downspouts, and splash blocks as part of this Alternate. B. Alternate No. 2: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the metal building canopy (frame, roof panels, trim, etc.) complete in the area between column lines `1' and `3' and between column lines `D' and `AE'. Additional gutter, downspouts and splash blocks are part of this Alternate. C. Alternate No. 3: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the chain link fence enclosure (gate, walls, supports, ceiling) complete as indicated on the plan sheets ALL & A1.2. This alternate also includes 400 L.F. of 6' chain link fence with additional I' barbed wire site fencing (to match existing type) and one 20' wide 6' tall with 1' barbed wire chain link sliding/cantilever gate. D. Alternate No. 4: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and. installation of the unit heaters. See Mechanical and Electrical drawings for Base Bid limits of these systems. E. Alternate No. 5: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of plywood liner panels at the interior side of the metal building walls as detailed on sheet A 1.1. F. Alternate No. 6: This alternate bid shall include all work associated with furnishing and installation of the metal building/concrete slab/monolithic foundation. This Additional work is identified as "AIternate Vehicle Bay No. 4 — Room #A04" (frame, wall panels, roof panels, doors, bollards, trim, etc.), extended 5' wide concrete apron, and extended "Covered Canopy" complete in the area between column lines `1' and `3' and between column lines `A' and `AA', as shown on drawings. 5' wide concrete apron, one (1) man -door, two (2) louvers, Electrical transformer, Electrical Panels and Telephone Cabinet as part of `Base Bid' to be relocated. Additional roll -up doors, gutter, downspouts, and splash blocks as part of this Alternate. G. Alternate No. 7: This alternate bid includes 7,000 SF Flexible pavement, as detailed on sheet G1.0 and shown in plan view on DWG C1.1. This also includes four precast concrete wheel stops. Alternates 01230-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 H. Alternate No. 8: This alternate bid includes providing and installing 430 L.F. 6" PVC sanitary sewer piping. The pipe is to be installed in a trench provided by the City of Sebastian. Contractor shall provide and install materials, including a minimum of 5 cleanouts, in accordance with Indian River County Department of Utilities standards. Includes 170 l.fof trench paving, using the typical section shown on G 1.0. I. Alternate No. 9: This alternate bid includes complete landscaping and irrigation design and turn -key installation (including well), as detailed on DWG L1.1. END OF SECTION 01230 /O! Alternates 01230-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 02361 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Soil treatment with termiticide. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For termiticide. 1. Include the EPA -Registered Label for termiticide products. B. Product Certificates: For termite control products, signed by product manufacturer. C. Soil Treatment Application Report: After application of termiticide is completed, submit report for Owner's record information, including the following: 1. Date and time of application. 2. Moisture content of soil before application. 3. Brand name and manufacturer of termiticide. 4. Quantity of undiluted termiticide used. 5. Dilutions, methods, volumes, and rates of application used. 6. Areas of application. 7. Water source for application. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A specialist who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment and products in jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides according to the EPA -Registered Label. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: To ensure penetration, do not treat soil that is water saturated or frozen. Do not treat soil while precipitation is occurring. Comply with requirements of the EPA -Registered Label and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Termite Control 02361 - 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 /10� 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate soil treatment application with excavating, filling, grading, and concreting operations. Treat soil under footings, grade beams, and ground -supported slabs before construction. A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by Applicator and Contractor certifying that termite control work, consisting of applied soil termiticide treatment, will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity or damage is discovered during warranty period, re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Termiticides: a. Aventis Environmental Science USA LP; Termidor. b. Bayer Corporation; Premise 75. C. Dow AgroSciences LLC;. d. FMC Corporation, Agricultural Products Group;. e. Syngenta; Demon TC. f. Zeneca Professional Products. 2.2 SOIL TREATMENT A. Termiticide: Provide an EPA -registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, in an aqueous solution formulated to prevent termite infestation. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to product's EPA -Registered Label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with the most stringent requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and with manufacturer's written instructions for preparation before beginning application of termite control treatment. Remove all extraneous sources of wood cellulose and other edible materials Termite Control 02361 -2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 such as wood debris, tree stumps and roots, stakes, formwork, and construction waste wood from soil within and around foundations. B. Soil Treatment Preparation: Remove foreign matter and impermeable soil materials that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated except previously compacted areas under slabs and footings. Termiticides may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if recommended in writing by termiticide manufacturer. Fit filling hose connected to water source at the site with a backflow preventer, complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.2 APPLYING SOIL TREATMENT A. Application: Mix soil treatment termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum specified concentration of termiticide, according to manufacturer's EPA -Registered Label, to the following so that a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone is established around and under building construction. Distribute treatment evenly. 1. Slabs -on -Grade: Under ground -supported slab construction, including footings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are placed. 2. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along the entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating the slab, and around interior column footers, piers, and chimney bases; also along the entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings. 3. Fill Areas/Slabs-on-Fill: Soil under and adjacent to foundations as previously indicated. Treat adjacent areas including around entrance platform, porches, and equipment bases. Apply overall treatment only where attached concrete platform and porches are on fill or ground. 4. Masonry: Treat voids. S. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated. B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground - supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA -Registered Label instructions. D. Post warning signs in areas of application. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, grading, landscaping, or other construction activities following application. /"1 END OF SECTION 02361 Termite Control 02361 -3 /' - Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 03000 - CONCRETE AND CEMENT FINISH PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including general and special conditions and general requirements (if any), apply to the Work specified in this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish and install all materials, labor and equipment necessary to properly perform all concrete work required as specified herein and/or shown on the drawings. To include all concrete, metal reinforcing and finishes. 1. Related Items of Work: Particular attention is directed to the drawings and other construction documents, and to the contract documents, for information pertaining to required items of work which are related to and usually associated with the work of this section of the Project Manual, but which are to be provided as part of the work of other sections of the Project Manual. 1.3 Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: A. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." B. ACI 311 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection." C. ACI 318 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." D. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." E. ACI 304 'Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete." F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice." 1.4 WORKMANSHIP A. The Contractor is responsible for correction of concrete work that does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete as directed by the Architect. 03300- 1 Concrete And Cement Finish W Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, joint systems, curing compounds, and others as requested by Architect. B. Shop Drawings; Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. C. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. D. Materials Certificates: Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. E. Shop Drawings for Formwork Indicating Fabrication and Erection of Forms for Specific Finished Concrete Surfaces: Show form construction including jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually. F. Architects review is for general architectural applications and features only. Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractors responsibility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: 1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, or other acceptable and approved panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly -placed concrete without bow or deflection. 2. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS -1 "B -B (Concrete Form) Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge -sealed, with each piece bearing legible trademark of an approved inspection agency. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces that will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-2 fO Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound. D. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface. 1. Provide ties which, when removed, will leave holes not larger than l" diameter in concrete surface. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: ASTM A-615; Grade 60, deformed. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A-82, plain, cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A-185, welded steel wire fabric. D. Supports for Reinforcement: 1. Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise specified. Wood, brick and other devices will not be acceptable. 2. For slabs on grade, use supports with sand plates, horizontal runners, or concrete brick as approved by Architect where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Do not use concrete brick if not acceptable to local building official. 3. For exposed to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot -dip galvanized, or plastic protected, or stainless steel protected. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, type 1, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C-618, Type F or C. C. Aggregates: 1. Fine and coarse aggregate: Conform to ASTM Designation C-33. Provide coarse aggregate to conform to the following size limitations. 2. Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not be larger than 1/5 of narrowest dimensions between sides of forms, 1/3 of depth of slabs, nor 3/4 of minimum clear distance between reinforcing bars or between bars and forms, whichever is least. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3. Coarse aggregates may be of one size for all concrete placed in one day when quantities to be placed are too small to permit economical use of more than one mix design. When a single mix design is so used, maximum nominal size shall be as required for most critical condition of concreting in accordance with paragraph above. D. Water: Clean, fresh, drinkable. E. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260. F. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A. G. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-494, Type F or Type G. H. Set -Control Admixtures: ASTM C-494, as follows: 1. Type B, Retarding. 2. Type C, Accelerating. 3. Type D, Water -reducing and Retarding. 4. Type E, Water -reducing and Accelerating. I. Calcium chloride will not be permitted in concrete. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers: Provide closed -cell synthetic rubber joint filler. B. Expansion joint material: ASTM D1056 -2C.1 C. Joint Sealing Compound: Provide polyurethane -sealant. D. Crack Filler: If crack repairs in concrete slabs become necessary under the following terms, use crack -fill 4 made by Metzger/Mcguire (follow the manufacturer's recommendations). Inspect the floor after 90 days, and repair any crack that is more than 1/32" wide E. Moisture Barrier: Provide moisture barrier cover over prepared base material. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E154, as follows: 1. Water -Resistant Barrier: Provide vapor barrier cover over prepared base material below slabs on grade. Use materials which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154. Membrane must have the following qualities: (a) minimum permeance of 0.001 Perms per ASTM E 96; (b) meet or exceed Class A per ASTM E 1745 and (c) not less than 15 mils thick. Acceptable products include Stego Wrap (15 mil) Vapor Barrier by Stego Industries LLC; Vapor Guard by Griffolyn and Premolded Membrane by W. R. Meadows. Seam Tape shall be high density polyethylene with pressure sensitive adhesive. Minimum width shall be 4". Seam tape shall be of type recommended by the vapor barrier manufacturer. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Moisture -Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C-171: a. Waterproof paper. b. Polyethylene film. C. Polyethylene -coated burlap. F. Reglets: Where resilient or elastomeric sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide reglets of not less than 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. G. Chemical Hardener: Colorless aqueous solution containing a blend of magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate combined with a wetting agent, containing not less than 2 lbs. of fluosilicates per gal. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. "Surfhard"; Euclid Chemical Co. b. "Lapidolith"; Sonneborn-Rexnord. C. "Saniseal"; Master Builders. H. Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Liquid type membrane -forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 0.555 f'! gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. I. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. 2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Owner for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of cement content by weight. B. Submit written reports to Owner of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on drawings and schedules: Regular Weight (150 PCF): Based upon 28 days psi compressive strength requirements, provide concrete having compressive strength of 4000 psi for all slab on grade and footings poured monolithic with slab concrete. Regular Weight (150 PCF): Based upon 28 days psi compressive strength requirements, provide concrete having compressive strength of 3000 psi for all miscellaneous concrete. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to Owner and as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work. 2.6 COMPRESSIVE PROPORTIONS AND CONSISTENCY A. Intent of specifications is to secure, for every part of work, structural concrete of homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have required strength and resistance to weathering. B. All concrete shall have water -reducing type chemical, admix at place of mixing. Amount of chemical admix per each bag of cement used shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as related to temperature, humidity, and wind conditions prevailing at site at time of pouring, and dependent upon type of admixture being used. C. Water -Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water -cement (W/C) ratios as follows: 1. Subjected to freezing and thawing; W/C 0.40. D. Volumetric proportioning not allowable. Measurement of materials shall be by weight only and by methods that will permit proportions to be accurately controlled and easily checked at any time during work operations. E. The use of calcium chloride in concrete is prohibited. F. Use air -entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise shown or specified. Add air -entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the following limits: Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing or subjected to hydraulic pressure: a. 6% for maximum 3/4 -inch aggregate. b. 7% for maximum 1/2 -inch aggregate. G. Use super plasticizer in concrete for all slab construction. Also use in all pumped concrete and as required for placement and workability. 2.7 SLUMP LIMITS A. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: (Slump may be increased when chemical admixtures are used, provided that the admixture -treated concrete has the same or lower water/cement or water/cementitious material ratio and does not exhibit segregation potential or excessive bleeding.) Concrete mix shall indicate slump without chemical admixtures and with chemical admixtures, Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-6 W Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 I . Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. 2. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 4 inches. 3. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super -plasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after addition of HRWR to site -verified 2 inches - 3 inches slump concrete. 4. Other concrete: Not less than 1 inch nor more than 4 inches. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING - READY -MIX CONCRETE A. Comply with the requirements of ASTM C-94, and as herein specified. B. Delete the references for allowing additional water to be added to the batch for material with insufficient slump. Addition of water to the batch will not be permitted. C. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C-94 may be required. D. When the air temperature is between 85 degrees F and 90 degrees F, reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when the air temperature is above 90 degrees F, reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Construct forms complying with ACI 347, to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required on work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and for easy removal. 03300-7 Concrete And Cement Finish Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 E. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Place temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations. F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges as directed by Architect if not shown, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. G. Form Ties: 1. Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snapoff metal ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. 2. Unless otherwise shown, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete after removal is at least 1-1/2 inches inside concrete. 3. Unless otherwise shown, provide form ties which will not leave holes larger than ]-inch diameter in concrete surface. H. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such ties. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. 3.2 Vapor Retarder Installation: Following leveling and tamping of base for slabs on grade, place %_66`�N vapor retarder sheeting with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with appropriate tape. 3.3 CONCRETE WORK TOLERANCES A. Except when close coordination and fitting of various trades' work precludes allowances of tolerances, maximum total permissible deviations from established lines, grades, and dimensions shall be as stated herein below. Set and maintain forms in such a manner as to ensure completed work within specified tolerance limits. (See Monolithic Slab Finish For Concrete Slab Tolerances.) 1. Variation from the plumb: a. In lines and surfaces of columns, piers, and in arrises, in 10 feet: 1/4 inch. b. For exposed corner columns, control joint grooves and other conspicuous lines in any bay or 20 -foot maximum: 1/4 inch. 2. Variations from the level or from indicated grades: a. In structural concrete ceiling, beam soffits, and in arrises, in 10 feet: 1/4 inch. b. For exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, in any bay or 20 -foot maximum: 1/4 inch. 3. Variations of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls, and partitions in any bay or 20 -foot maximum: 1/4 inch. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-8 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 4. Variations in sizes and locations of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings: 1/4 inch. 5. Variations in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of walls: 1/4 inch. 6. Variations in footings: a. Variation in dimensions in plan: Minus 1/2 inch; Plus 2 inches (applies to concrete only - not to reinforcing bars or dowels). b. Misplacement or eccentricity: 2 percent of footing width in direction of misplacement, but not more than 2 inches. (Concrete only.) 7. Reduction in thickness: Minus 5 percent of specified thickness. 8. Variation in steps: In a flight of stairs: a. Rise: 1/8 inch. b. Tread: 1/4 inch. 3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcing placement and concreting operations. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, soil, ice and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcements in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 inches beyond the last leg of continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. F. Do not splice reinforcement at points of maximum stress. At points where bars lap or splice, including distribution steel, provide sufficient lap to transfer stress between bars by bond and shear. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. Lap splices in piers, struts, sufficiently to transfer full stress by bond. G. Protect metal reinforcement by thickness of concrete indicated. Where not otherwise shown, thickness of concrete over reinforcement shall be as follows: 1. Where concrete is deposited against ground without use of forms: not less than 3 inches. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300-9 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 f� 2. Where concrete is exposed to weather, or exposed to ground but placed in forms: not less than 2 inches for bars more than 5/8 inch in diameter and 1-1/2 inch for bars 5/8 inch or less in diameter. 3. In slabs and walls not exposed to ground: not less than 3/4 inch. 4. In all cases, thickness of concrete over reinforcement shall be at least equal to diameter of bars. H. Position all reinforcement accurately. Secure at intersections with annealed wire ties or bar clips. Support with metal supports, spacers, or hangers of approved type. Metal supports (for reinforcing) that are placed directly against horizontal forms, shall have plastic -coated legs wherever the finished concrete surfaces will be exposed in the completed work, and wherever the finished concrete surfaces are to receive any type of directly -applied finish material which could be subject to damage due to stain from rusting of non -plastic -coated materials. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Arrange runways over slabs to avoid traffic directly on mesh during pouring operations. Rolled wire shall be straightened into flat sheets before being placed. 3.5 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: 1. Locate and install construction joints, which are not shown on the drawings, so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to the Architect. Locations to be approved by Architect. 2. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in all construction joints in walls, slabs, and between walls and footings; accepted bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for slabs. 3. Place construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue all reinforcement across construction joints, except as otherwise indicated. B. Isolation Joints in Slabs -On -Ground: 1. Construction isolation joints in slabs -on -ground at all points of contact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on -Ground and Framed Structural Slabs: Construct contraction joints in slabs -on -ground and framed slab as indicated on drawings. D. If joint pattern not shown for slab -on -grade, provide joints not exceeding 15 feet in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays). Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 10 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3.6 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto. No aluminum conduit or inserts shall be embedded in concrete. B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support types of screed strips by use of strike -off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. Set screeds for composite slab at girder lines to produce "flat" slab. C. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, embedded items are located or grouped in a manner that will weaken the structure, the Contractor shall take necessary corrective steps. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are not used. B. General: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as herein specified. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid segregation. C. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. D. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 1. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 11 W Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations. 4. Compensate for steel beam deflection during concrete placement by providing thicker slab to provide "flat' slab surface. E. Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306 and as herein specified. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C), and not more than 80 degrees F (27 degrees C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. F. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 1. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed. 2. Use water -reducing retarding admixture (Type D) when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions. 3.8 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed -to -view in the finish work or by other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view, or that are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or other similar system. This is as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. C. Smooth Rubbed Finish: 1. Provide smooth rubbed finish to exposed surfaces and to scheduled concrete surfaces, which have received smooth form finish treatment, not later than one day after form removal. 2. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive until a uniform color and texture is produced. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 03300- 12 Concrete And Cement Finish Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. E. Repair of Surface Defects: After forms are removed, any concrete that obviously has been improperly formed or is out of alignment or level beyond required tolerances, or which shows a defective surface that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or patched, shall be removed. 3.9 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and as otherwise indicated. After placing slabs, plane surface to tolerances for floor flatness (FF) of 18 and floor levelness (FL) of 15. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before final set, with stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surface to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified, and slab surfaces which are to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo, and as otherwise indicated. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats, or by hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to tolerances of FF 20 - FL 18. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: 1. Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed -to -view, and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or other thin film finish coating, system. 2. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with surface leveled to tolerances of FF 25 - FL 20. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system. D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin -set mortar, apply trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow with slightly scarifying surface by fine brooming. E. Non -Slip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete apron, platforms, steps, driveways, walks, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 13 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 F. Chemical -Hardener Finish: 1. Apply chemical -hardener finish to all interior exposed concrete floors. See plans for other indicated areas. Apply liquid chemical -hardener after complete curing and drying of the concrete surface. Dilute liquid hardener with water (parts of hardener/water as follows), and apply in 3 coats; first coat, 1/3 -strength; second coat, 1/2 -strength; third coat, 2/3 -strength. Evenly apply each coat, and allow 24 hours for drying between coats. 2. Apply proprietary chemical hardeners, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. After final coat of chemical -hardener solution is applied and dried, remove surplus hardener by scrubbing and mopping with water. 3.10 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. 2. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. �1 B. Curing Methods: Water cure concrete slabs that are to receive a terrazzo topping. For other concrete perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. Provide moisture curing by following methods. a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. C. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4" lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture -cover curing as follows: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3" and sealed by waterproof tape of adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Provide curing and sealing compound to exposed interior slabs and to exterior slabs, walks, and curbs, as follows: Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 14 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 4. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with coating material applied directly to concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring (such as ceramic or quarry tile, glue -down carpet), painting, and other coatings and finish materials. 5. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. 6. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing method. 7. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive liquid floor hardener or finish flooring by use of moisture -retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 8. Sealer and Dustproofer: Apply a second coat of specified curing and sealing compound only to surfaces given a first coat. 3.11 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for 4 days after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until concrete has attained design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling -In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations, as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with certified diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Reinforced Masonry: Provide 3000 psi concrete grout for reinforced masonry cells, masonry lintels, and bond beams where indicated on drawings and as scheduled. Maintain accurate (1011\ location of reinforcing steel during concrete placement. See general notes on structural drawings for additional requirements. Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 15 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: 1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, but only when acceptable to Architect. 2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/2 inch in diameter, and holes left by tie -rods and bolts, down to solid concrete, but in no case to a depth of less than 1 inch. Make edge of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing cement mortar, thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the area to be patched with neat cement grout. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 3. For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color of surroundings. 4. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. B. Repair of Formed Surfaces: 1. Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets and holes left by tie -rods and bolts; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 2. Repair concealed formed surfaces where possible, that contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. C. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surface sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope. 2. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 3. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete cured at least 14 days. 4. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 5. Repair defective areas except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch /4"111 clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete, and brush with a neat cement grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Place patching Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 16 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 concrete before grout takes its initial set. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of the same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete. 6. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with neat cement grout coating. Place dry -pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched areas continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 7. CRACK REPAIR -CRACK FILLER: Use Crack -Fill 4 made by Metzger/McGuire. Inspect the floor after 90 days, and repair any crack that is more than 1/32" wide. Repair cracks by filling with Crack -Fill 4. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations 8. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect. 9. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect or Structural Engineer for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. 3.14 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. The Contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit test reports. B. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete includes the following: !� 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and below, and when 80 degrees F (27 degrees C) and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens made. 5. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required. 6. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yds. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yds. over and above the first 25 cu. yds. of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. /10 1 a. When frequency of testing will provide less than 5 strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used. b. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. 03300- 17 Concrete And Cement Finish Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 /1'01 C. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. Test results will be reported in writing to Owner and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. D. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests. 3.15 CLEAN-UP A. Immediately after completion of concrete operations, remove all debris resulting from work. B. Immediately prior to final inspection, preliminary to acceptance, wash/clean all exterior and interior uncovered concrete wearing surfaces. Leave all concrete in clean, acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 03000 /10" Concrete And Cement Finish 03300- 18 %'N /"1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 05400 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior load-bearing wall framing. 2. Ceiling joist framing. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide cold -formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: As indicated. 2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: a. Interior Load -Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height under a horizontal load of 5 Ibf/sq. ft.. b. Ceiling Joist Framing: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span. 3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 deg F. B. Cold -Formed Steel Framing, General: Design according to AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions." 1. Headers: Design according to AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Header Design." 2. Design exterior non -load-bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. 05400- 1 Cold -Formed Metal Framing /°'"tN /"� Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cold -formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. For cold -formed metal framing indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates. D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For cold -formed metal framing. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and other structural data by a qualified professional engineer. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of cold -formed metal framing that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated. D. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base -metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic -coating thickness. E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/Dl.1M, "Structural Welding Code --Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." F. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide cold -formed metal framing identical to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. G. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions." Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Header Design." Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold -formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Store cold -formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold -formed metal framing by one of the following: 1. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division. 2. Dale/Incor. 3. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. 4. MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries. A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60. B. Steel Sheet for Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: 50, Class 1 or 2. 2. Coating: G90. 2.3 LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with straight flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-3 W n 11' 2.4 2.5 2.6 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 CEILING JOIST FRAMING A. Steel Ceiling Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0677 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches, minimum. FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts. 9. Joist hangers and end closures. 10. Hole reinforcing plates. 11. Backer plates. ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping steel drill screws. I . Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. D. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 05400-4 Cold -Formed Metal Framing Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR4l 2018 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. B. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. C. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, and plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30 -minute working time. D. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching. E. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS 131.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. 4. Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of l /8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. / 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold -formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out -of - square tolerance of 1/8 inch. Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Before sprayed fire -resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials. B. After applying sprayed fire -resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold -formed framing without reducing thickness of fire - resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire -resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire -resistive materials from damage. C. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. D. Install sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold -formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold -formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop- or field -fabricated, cold -formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true -to -line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. D. Install cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-6 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold -formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.4 LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows: Anchor Spacing: To match stud spacing. B. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch between the end of wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows: Stud Spacing: 16 inches o.c. or as indicated on drawings. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar configurations. D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall -framing continuity. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-7 E. F. Align floor and roof framing over studs reinforce track to transfer loads. Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly distribute loads. 2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full -height wall studs. H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to framing. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load resulting from item supported. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten at each stud intersection. J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip -angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall -framing system. 3.5 JOIST INSTALLATION A. Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting structure at corners, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track. 1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches. 2. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers, steel clip angles, or steel -stud sections as indicated on Shop Drawings. C. Space joists not more than 2 inches from abutting walls, and as follows: Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-8 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1. Joist Spacing: As indicated. D. Frame openings with built-up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting joists, or another combination of connected joists if indicated. E. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement, or as indicated on Shop Drawings. 1. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. F. Install bridging at intervals indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as follows: G. Secure joists to load-bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. H. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist -framing assembly. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold -formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 05400 /"� Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05400-9 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel framing and supports for overhead doors. 2. Steel framing and supports for grab bars. 3. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 4. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 5. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 6. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete not specified in other Sections. 7. Metal bollards. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, and wedge -type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. / 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. Metal Fabrications 05500- 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel sheet certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. C. Welding certificates. D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold -formed steel tubing. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. Metal Fabrications 05500-2 /11 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Stainless -Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless-steel bolts, nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; ASTM F 593 for bolts and ASTM F 594 for nuts, Alloy Group 2 (A4). D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. 1. Provide hot -dip or mechanically deposited, zinc -coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. E. Eyebolts: ASTM A 489. F. Machine Screws: ASME B 18.6.3. G. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. H. Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1. 1. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1. J. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1. K. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to four times the load imposed, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. L. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material for Anchors in Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material for Anchors in Exterior Locations: Alloy Group 2 (A4) stainless-steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594. 05500-3 Metal Fabrications Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9. C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI#79. D. Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Available Products: a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer CM 18/19. b. ICI Devoe Coatings; Catha-Coat 313. C. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97-670. d. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer. e. Tnemec Company, Inc.; Tneme-Zinc 90-97. E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. F. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. G. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory -packaged, ferrous -aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy-duty loading applications. H. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in - Place Concrete" for normal -weight, air -entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. /10� D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. Metal Fabrications 05500-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. /oo� 1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6 -inch embedment and 2 -inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts if units are installed after concrete is placed. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc -rich primer where indicated. Metal Fabrications 05500-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.7 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span but not less than 8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. D. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc -rich primer. 2.8 SHELF ANGLES A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4 -inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide mitered and welded units at corners. 2. Provide open joints in shelf angles at expansion and control joints. Make open joint approximately 2 inches larger than expansion or control joint. B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete. C. Galvanize shelf angles located in exterior walls. D. Prime shelf angles located in exterior walls with zinc -rich primer. E. Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast -in- place concrete. 2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. B. Galvanize plates after fabrication. C. Prime plates with zinc -rich primer. 2.10 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with not less than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. Metal Fabrications 05500-6 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 f� 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction. C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim. D. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc -rich primer. 2.12 METAL BOLLARDS A. Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. 1. Where bollards are indicated to receive push-button controls for door operators, provide necessary cutouts for push-button controls and hole for wire. 2.13 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.14 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1 B) and Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer: SSPC- SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with /'�+ galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, Metal Fabrications 05500-7 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. l: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. Metal Fabrications 05500-8 FA -10 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. I. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.4 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. B. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 -mil dry film thickness. 05500-9 Metal Fabrications Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 05500-10 Metal Fabrications Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Plywood backing panels. 3. Liner panels 1.3 DEFINITIONS /"� A. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension. C. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service. 4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. I . Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. Rough Carpentry 06100-1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Fire -retardant -treated wood. 2. Power -driven fasteners. 3. Powder -actuated fasteners. 4. Expansion anchors. 5. Metal framing anchors. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules -writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Rough Carpentry 06100-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.2 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat all rough carpentry, unless otherwise indicated and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 1. Hem -fir (north); NLGA. 2. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 3. Spruce -pine -fir; NLGA. 4. Spruce -pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or W WPA. C. For exposed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: Rough Carpentry 06100 - 3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1. Eastern white pine, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; Standard or No. 3 Common grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 2. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 3. Hem -fir or hem -fir (north), Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. D. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Hem -fir or hem -fir (north), Construction or 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 3. Spruce -pine -fir (south) or spruce -pine -fir, Construction or 2 Common grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. E. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. F. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. 2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PSI, Exposure], C -D Plugged, fire -retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 -inch nominal thickness. 2.5 LINER PANELS — ALTERNATE NO. 5 A. Plywood Liner Panels: DOC PS 1, Exterior sheathing grade. Nominal Thickness: As shown on drawings. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure -preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power -Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. Rough Carpentry 06100-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill -Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Water -Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2- propynyl butyl carbamate, combined with an insecticide containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c. Rough Carpentry 06100-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 E. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. F. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. G. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 3. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in BOCA's BOCA National Building Code. 4. Table 2306. 1, "Fastening Schedule," in SBCCI's Standard Building Code. H. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. I. For exposed work, arrange fasteners in straight rows parallel with edges of members, with fasteners evenly spaced, and with adjacent rows staggered. 1. Use finishing nails for exposed work unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2 WOOD SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure -preservative -treated, key -beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron -treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA -registered label. Rough Carpentry 06100-6 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered label. END OF SECTION 06100 �1 06100-7 Rough Carpentry Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following: 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces. 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 4. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1.2 WARRANTY A. Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint sealant product indicated. B. Samples: For each joint sealant product indicated. Joint Sealants 07920- 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As indicated or as selected by Architect from manufacturers full range for this characteristic. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants, General: ASTM C 920. B. Low -Modulus Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Available Products: a. Dow Corning; 790. b. GE Silicones; Silpruf, U1traPruf SCS2300. C. NUCO Industries, Inc.; HiFlex 331, NuFlex 309. d. Ohio Sealants, Inc.; VP 275. e. Pecora Corporation; 864, 890. f. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI -641. g. Sonnebonn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal. h. Tremco; Spectrem 1. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). 5. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. C. Medium -Modulus Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Available Products: a. Dow Corning; 791, 795. b. NUCO Industries, Inc.; HiFlex 393. 07920-2 Joint Sealants /0' Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI -631. d. Schnee -Morehead, Inc.; SM5731, SM5733 Poly -Glaze. e. Tremco; Spectrem 2,Tremsil 600. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). 5. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. D. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: I. For joints not subject to traffic and requiring additional movement capability, provide the following: a. Available Products: 1) Mameco International; Vulkem 922. 2) Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II. 3) Polymeric Systems, Inc.; Flexiprene 2000. 4) Sika Corporation; Sikaflex - 2c NS. 5) Tremco; DYmeric 511. b. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). C. Class: 25. d. Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent in compression when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719. e. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). f. Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 2. For joints subject to traffic and nontraffic joints, provide the following: a. Available Products: 1) Bostik Inc.; Chem -Calk 2641. 2) Mameco International; Vulkem [227] [922]. 3) Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 920 Gun Grade. 4) Pecora Corporation; Dynatred. 5) Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI -270. 6) Sonnebom Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; NP 2. b. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). C. Class: 25. d. Exposure: Use T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). e. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 2.4 SOLVENT -RELEASE JOINT SEALANTS /40� A. Butyl -Rubber -Based Solvent -Release Joint Sealant: ASTM C 1085. Joint Sealants 07920-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1. Available Products: a. Bostik Inc.; Bostik 300. b. H.B. Fuller Company; PTI 707, 757. C. NUCO Industries, Inc.; NuFlex 232. d. Pecora Corporation; BC -158. e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI -301. f. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonneborn Multi -Purpose Sealant. g. Tremco; Tremco Butyl Sealant. 2.5 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: ASTM C 834. 1. Available Products: a. Bostik Inc.; Chem -Calk 600. b. NUCO Industries, Inc.; NuFlex 330. C. Ohio Sealants, Inc.; LC 160 All Purpose Acrylic Caulk. d. Pecora Corporation; AC -20. e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI -701. F" f. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolac. g. Tremco; Tremflex 834. 2.6 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following: 1. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 2. Available Products: a. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic -rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission. 1. Available Products: a. Pecora Corporation; BA -98. � b. Tremco; Tremco Acoustical Sealant. Joint Sealants 07920-4 X10 ' Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.7 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible withjoint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: Type: C (closed -cell material with a surface skin), O (open -cell material), B, (bicellular material with a surface skin), C, O, or B. C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. 1. Remove foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant. 07920-5 Joint Sealants %a- Joint � Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues could interfere with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. D. Sealant Installation: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. E. Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and at position required to produce optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. F. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. G. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 1. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 2. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. H. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Joint Configuration: Concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. Joint Sealants Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 I. Clean excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as installation progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.2 JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: 1. Control and Expansion Joints in Cast -in -Place Concrete: Single component neutral cure silicone sealant. 2. Joints between Metal Panels: Neutral cure silicone sealant. 3. Perimeter Joints between Materials Listed above and Frames of Doors and Windows: Single component neutral cure silicone sealant. B. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 1. Control, Expansion, and Isolation Joints in Cast -in -Place Concrete Slabs: multi- component nonsag urethane sealant. C. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: 1. Perimeter Joints between Interior Wall Surfaces and Frames of Interior Doors and Windows: Latex sealant typical; Acoustical at Training/Break Room. 2. Joints between Plumbing Fixtures and Adjoining Walls, Floors, and Counters: Butyl - rubber sealant. D. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 1. Control and Expansion Joints in Cast -in -Place Concrete Slabs: multi-component nonsag urethane sealant. END OF SECTION 07920 W 07920-7 Joint Sealants /0� Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Standard hollow metal doors and frames. B. Related Sections 1. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow metal doors. 2. Division 9 Sections 'Exterior Painting" and "Interior Painting" for field painting hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Division 16 Sections for electrical connections including conduit and wiring for door controls and operators. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings. B. Standard Hollow Metal Work: Hollow metal work fabricated according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door design. 2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 7. Details of accessories. 8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. 08110- 1 Steel Doors And Frames Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 !"`1 C. Other Action Submittals: I . Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with door hardware schedule. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal work from single source from single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project -site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory -finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4 -inch- high wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity. 1. Provide minimum 1/4 -inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, LLC. Steel Doors And Frames 08110-2 W FA -10 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company. 3. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group company. 5. Kewanee Corporation (The). 6. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. C. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating. D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 59]/A 591 M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. F. Powder -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow metal frames of type indicated. G. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. H. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lb/cu. ft. density; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -development indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. I. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing." J. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 08110-3 Steel Doors And Frames Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. 1. Design: Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft -paper honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, poly isocyanurate, mineral -board, or vertical steel -stiffener core. 3. Vertical Edges for Single -Acting Doors: Square edge. 4. Vertical Edges for Double -Acting Doors: Round vertical edges with 2 -1/8 -inch radius. 5. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042 -inch- thick, end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 6. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." B. All Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless). C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: Level 1 and Physical Performance Level C (Standard Duty), Model 2 (Seamless). a. Width: 1-3/4 inches. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet. 2.4 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet. I. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as full profile welded unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053 -inch- thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. Steel Doors And Frames 08110-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Fabricate frames as full profile welded unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 1 Steel Doors: 0.042 -inch- thick steel sheet. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Stud -Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch thick, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip -type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire -performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted. D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 3. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 4. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. Steel Doors And Frames 08110-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 5. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Stud -Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted in metal -stud partitions. 6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single -Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double -Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet. F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door /4'�1 Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." I. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/NAAMM- HMMA 861. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface -mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 16 Sections. 2.7 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field -applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. B. Factory -Applied Paint Finish: Manufacturer's standard, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.3 for performance and acceptance criteria. /10� 1. Color and Gloss: As indicated on Finish Schedule. Steel Doors And Frames 08110-6 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation. C. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded -in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following tolerances: I. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. 2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. 3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. 4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor. C. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. I. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Steel Doors And Frames 08110-7 /10 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 a. At fire -protection -rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. C. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with grout containing antifreezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with powder -actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal -Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral -fiber insulation behind frames. 4. In -Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. C. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non -Fire -Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. C. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch. 08110-8 Steel Doors And Frames Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying, rust -inhibitive primer. D. Metallic -Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 08110 08110-9 Steel Doors And Frames i'"\ �\ Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of manually operated overhead coiling doors: 1. Service doors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Operation Cycle: One cycle of a door is complete when it is moved from the closed position to the fully open position and returned to the closed position. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide overhead coiling doors capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door components: 1. Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 42 Ibf/sq. ft., acting inward and outward. B. Operation -Cycle Requirements: Provide overhead coiling door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 20,000 cycles. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. Include the following: I . Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. / C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors available for units with factory -applied finishes. Overhead Coiling Doors 08331 - 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling doors through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Obtain operators and controls from overhead coiling door manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I . Atlas Door; Div. of Clopay Building Products Company, Inc. 2. Cookson Company. /'� 3. Mahon Door Corporation. 4. McKeon Rolling Steel Door Company, Inc. 5. Overhead Door Corp. 6. Raynor. 2.2 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtains: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats, designed to withstand wind loading indicated, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of thickness and mechanical properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated, and as follows: 1. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Zinc -coated (galvanized), cold -rolled structural steel (SS) sheet; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation. a. Minimum Base -Metal (Uncoated) Thickness: 0.0209 inch. b. Flat profile slats. B. Endlocks and Windlocks for Service Doors: Malleable -iron casings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets or high-strength nylon. Provide locks on not less than alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and resistance against lateral movement. C. Bottom Bar for Service Doors: Consisting of 2 angles, each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch thick; galvanized, stainless-steel, or aluminum extrusions to suit type of curtain slats. Overhead Coiling Doors 08331 -2 A"MR Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Curtain Jamb Guides for Service Doors: Fabricate curtain jamb guides of steel angles or channels and angles, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Build up units with not less than 3/16 -inch- thick galvanized steel sections complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M and ASTM A 123/A 123M. Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain, and a continuous bar for holding windlocks. 2.3 HOODS AND ACCESSORIES A. Hood: Form to act as weatherseal and entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends for surface -mounted hoods and provide fascia for any portion of between jamb mounting projecting beyond wall face. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sagging. 1. Fabricate hoods for steel doors of minimum 0.028 -inch- thick, hot -dip galvanized steel sheet with G90 zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 2. Shape: Round. B. Weatherseals: Provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets fitted to bottom and top of exterior doors, unless otherwise indicated. At door head, use 1/8 -inch- thick, replaceable, continuous sheet secured to inside of hood. 1. In addition, provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, flexible, 1/8 -inch- thick seals of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene at door jambs for a weathertight installation. C. Push/Pull Handles: For push -up -operated or emergency -operated doors, provide galvanized steel lifting handles on each side of door. Provide pull-down straps or pole hooks for doors more than 84 inches high. D. Slide Bolt: Fabricate with side -locking bolts to engage through slots in tracks for locking by padlock, located on both left and right jamb sides, operable from coil side. E. Fabricate locking device assembly with lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks. Locking Bars: Full disc cremone type, both jamb sides, operable from inside only. F. Chain Lock Keeper: Suitable for padlock. 08331 -3 Overhead Coiling Doors /"` /'h Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.4 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable -tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to door curtain with barrel rings. Use grease -sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot -formed, structural -quality, welded or seamless carbon -steel pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled -up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. of span under full load. C. Provide spring balance of one or more oil -tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast -steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft. D. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of cold -rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design, either cast iron or cold- rolled steel plate. 2.5 MANUAL DOOR OPERATORS A. Provide manual chain -hoist operators. B. Push-up Operation: Design counterbalance mechanism so required lift or pull for door operation does not exceed 25 Ibf. C. Chain -Hoist Operator: Provide manual chain -hoist operator consisting of endless steel hand chain, chain pocket wheel and guard, and gear -reduction unit with a maximum 35-Ibf force for door operation. Provide alloy steel hand chain with chain holder secured to operator guide. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 08331 -4 Overhead Coiling Doors Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.7 STEEL AND GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES A. Factory Primer for Field Finish: Manufacturer's standard primer, compatible with field -applied finish according to coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness. 1. Apply to ferrous surfaces except zinc -coated metal. B. Baked Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked finish consisting of primer and topcoat according to coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, thermosetting, and minimum dry film thickness. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install coiling doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head molding strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion and with weathertight fit around entire perimeter. END OF SECTION 08331 /1 A 08331 -5 Overhead Coiling Doors Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 08510 - STEEL WINDOWS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cold -formed, welded steel windows. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide steel windows capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: !'~1 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum uniform design wind pressures as determined from testing windows representative of those indicated for Project according to ASTM E 330: �1 a. Uniform pressure of 42.8 lbf./sq. ft., acting inward or outward. b. Provide window framing that limits lateral deflection of glass edges to 1/175 of glass -edge length or 3/4 inch, whichever is less, at uniform design pressures. B. Water Penetration: No leakage for 15 minutes when window is subjected to a rate of now of 5 gal./h per sq. ft. with a differential pressure across the window of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM E 331. C. Condensation -Resistance Factor: Provide steel windows tested for thermal performance according to AAMA 1504 showing a CRF of 36. D. Thermal Transmittance: Provide steel windows with a maximum whole -window U -factor according to ASTM C 236 and AAMA 1503 of 0.49 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F 2.8 W/sq. m x K. I�111111111=Y112Ma0rJoil A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for steel windows. 08510- 1 Steel Windows Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and the following: 1. Layout and installation details, including anchors. 2. Elevations of continuous work at 1/4 inch = 1 foot scale and typical window unit elevations at 3/4 inch = 1 foot scale. 3. Full-size section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement. 4. Hardware, including operators. 5. Accessories. 6. Glazing details. 7. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for steel window manufacturer's standard products to determine compliance with performance requirements. D. Warranties: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to steel window manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify steel window openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating steel windows without field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of steel windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection. C. Water leakage or air infiltration. Steel Windows 08510-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 d. Faulty operation of operable sash and hardware. e. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. f. Insulating -glass failure. 2. Warranty Period: Three year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Cold -Formed Steel Windows: a. DV Fyre-Tec, Inc. b. Optimum Window Manufacturing Corp. C. Amweld building Products, LLC d. Ceco Door Products e. Carries Company f' f. Steelcraft g. Kewanee Corporation 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold -Formed Steel Window Members: Provide frame and ventilator members mechanically formed from metallic -coated, low -carbon, cold -rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653. For combined weight of frame and ventilator members and front -to -back depth of frame or ventilator members, comply with the following requirements: 1. Commercial and Industrial Windows: Not less than 2.75 Ib/ft. in combined weight, and not less than 1- 1 /4 inches deep. B. Trim members, screen frames, retainers for weather stripping, flashing, and similar items shall be manufacturer's standard. C. Glazing beads shall be manufacturer's standard. D. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of bronze, brass, stainless steel, or other metal, that are warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of steel windows. E. Anchors, Clips, and Window Accessories: Provide units of stainless steel, hot -dip zinc -coated steel, bronze, brass, or iron complying with ASTM A 123. Provide units with sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. Steel Windows 08510-3 f'h Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 F. Compression -Type Weather Stripping: Provide compressible weather stripping designed for permanently resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action and to be completely concealed when steel window is closed. Weather -Stripping Material: Manufacturer's standard material. G. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated windows, provide manufacturer's standard, permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and nonmigrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement. 2.3 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass units and glazing requirements for steel windows. 2.4 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate steel windows of type and in sizes indicated to comply with SWI standards. Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. B. Window Types: Provide the following types of steel windows: Fixed windows. C. Provide weep holes and internal water passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. D. Provide mullions and cover plates formed of cold -formed steel matching window units, with anchors for support to structure and for installation of window units. Provide mullions of profile indicated. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections. E. Glazing Beads: Provide snap -on glazing beads; coordinate with glass selection and glazing system as indicated. Finish glazing beads to match window units if fabricated of steel; otherwise, provide manufacturer's standard finish. F. Glazing Clips: Where face glazing (without glazing beads) is indicated, furnish glazing clips for concealment in glazing compound. G. Preglazed Fabrication: applications indicated requirements. STEEL FINISHES Preglaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass units and glazing A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 08510-4 Steel Windows Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, scale, and other contaminants; follow with a [zinc] [iron] -phosphate pretreatment applied according to window manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Baked -Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, apply manufacturer's standard 2 -coat baked -enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with not less than 1.0 -mil dry film thickness for topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. Color and Gloss: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, rough opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate, coordination with wall flashings and vapor retarders, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Metal Surfaces: Dry; clean; free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, and welding slag; without sharp edges or offsets at joints. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, operators, accessories, and other components. B. Install windows level, plumb, and true to line, without distortion. Anchor securely to surrounding construction with approved fasteners. 1. Separate corrodible surfaces subject to electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. C. Set sill members in a bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight construction. 1. Seal exterior joints between window frame and opening substrate with sealant. D. Repair abraded areas of factory -applied finishes. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping, for smooth operation and a weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. Steel Windows 08510-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean factory -finished steel surfaces immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Clean factory -glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. C. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. D. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 08510 / 08510-6 Steel Windows l Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS �1 A. Product Data: Include construction and installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. Include final hardware schedule. D. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. E. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final door hardware sets with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the Contract Documents. b. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of each door and frame. 2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description and function of each lockset and exit device. 3) Complete designations of every item required for each door or opening including name and manufacturer. Door Hardware 08710-1 /"� Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 4) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5) Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. 6) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7) Mounting locations for door hardware. 8) Door and frame sizes and materials. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock manufacturer. Installer's responsibilities include supplying and installing door hardware and providing a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. Installer shall have warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final door hardware sets, and include basic installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. C. Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 08710-2 Door Hardware Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.6 COORDINATION A. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. I' ' ' �]111.� 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule and door hardware sets indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products equivalent in function and comparable in quality to named products. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function. 2.2 HINGES, GENERAL A. Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches. 2. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 3. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. B. Hinge Weight: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Entrance Doors: Heavyweight hinges. Door Hardware 08710-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 /1 2. Doors with Closers: Antifriction-bearing hinges. 3. Interior Doors: Standard -weight hinges. C. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. D. Hinge Options: Where indicated in door hardware sets or on Drawings: 1. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging exterior doors. 2. Corners: Square. E. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Screws: Phillips flat -head; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal doors. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. 2.3 HINGES /' A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A 156.1. /0011N B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A 156.7. C. Available Manufacturers: 1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH). 2. Hager Companies (HAG). 3. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB). 4. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK). 5. PBB, Inc. (PBB). 6. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). 2.4 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL A. Accessibility Requirements: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and ANSI Al 17.1. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 Ibf. 08710-4 Door Hardware Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: 1. Lockset Levers: Schlage A1 -Series or equal. 2. Deadbolt: Schlage B 100 Series or equal. 3. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2 -inch latchbolt throw. 2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4 -inch latchbolt throw. 3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1 -inch bolt throw. E. Backset: 2-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. F. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, and as follows: 1. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A 156.2. 2.5 DOOR BOLTS A. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Half -Round Surface Bolts: Minimum 7/8 -inch throw. 2. Interlocking Surface Bolts: Minimum 15/16 -inch throw. B. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A 156.16, Grade 1. C. Surface Bolts: BHMA A] 56.16, Grade 1. 1. Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of 1/2 -inch- diameter rods of brass, bronze, or stainless steel with minimum 12 -inch- long rod for doors up to 84 inches in height. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding 84 inches. 2. Available Manufacturers: a. Glynn -Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). b. Hager Companies (HAG). C. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). d. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). e. Trimco (TBM). Door Hardware 08710-5 Ma Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.6 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1. B. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and ANSI A117.1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 Ibf. C. Exit Devices for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Exit devices shall not require more than 15 Ibf to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. D. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. 2.7 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A] 56.5, Grade IA. B. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Five. 2. Bored -Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. a. High -Security Grade: BHMA A156.5, Grade IA, listed and labeled as complying with pick- and drill -resistant testing requirements in UL 437 (Suffix A). C. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the following: 1. Removable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; for use only with core manufacturer's cylinder and door hardware. D. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide 10 construction master keys. a. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner. E. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. F. Available Manufacturers: 1. ABLOY Security, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ABL). 08710-6 Door Hardware Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.8 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Coordinate with Owner. 1. Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key and a master key. 2. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. B. Keys: Nickel silver. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. 2.9 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and ANSI A117.1. 1. Comply with the following maximum opening -force requirements: a. Interior, Non -Fire -Rated Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf applied perpendicular to door. B. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Door closers shall not require more than 30 Ibf to set door in motion and not more than 15 Ibf to open door to minimum required width. C. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory -sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. Door Hardware 08710-7 2. ASSA, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ASA). 3. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). 4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). 5. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). 6. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH). 7. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). 2.8 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Coordinate with Owner. 1. Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key and a master key. 2. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. B. Keys: Nickel silver. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. 2.9 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and ANSI A117.1. 1. Comply with the following maximum opening -force requirements: a. Interior, Non -Fire -Rated Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf applied perpendicular to door. B. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Door closers shall not require more than 30 Ibf to set door in motion and not more than 15 Ibf to open door to minimum required width. C. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory -sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. Door Hardware 08710-7 �1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Provide type of arm required for closer to be located on non-public side of door, unless otherwise indicated. 2.10 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Size: 1-1/2 inches less than door width on push side and 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side, by height specified in door hardware sets. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard machine or self -tapping screws. C. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A 156.6; beveled top and 2 sides; fabricated from I . Material: 0.050 -inch- thick stainless steel. 2.11 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A 156.16, Grade 1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. B. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA A] 56.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber, minimum diameter 1/2 inch; fabricated for drilled -in application to frame. 2.12 DOOR GASKETING A. Standard. BHMA A 156.22. B. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. 2. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. 3. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. C. Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283. D. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. E. Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. Door Hardware 08710-8 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 / 2.13 THRESHOLDS A. Standard: BHMA A 156.21. B. Accessibility Requirements: Where thresholds are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)" and ANSI A 117.1. 1. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch high. C. Thresholds for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Maximum 1/2 inch high. 2.14 FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire -rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect. 1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A 156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard. C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat -head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For the following fire -rated applications: a. Mortise hinges to doors. b. Strike plates to frames. C. Closers to doors and frames. 3. Steel Through Bolts: For the following fire -rated applications unless door blocking is provided: a. Surface hinges to doors. Door Hardware 08710-9 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 b. Closers to doors and frames. C. Surface -mounted exit devices. 4. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow -metal doors. 2.15 FINISHES A. Standard: BHMA A 156.18, as indicated in door hardware sets. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION f� A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B 3.2 A 3.3 /110\ A Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A 115 Series. 1. Surface -Applied Door Hardware: ANSI A250.6. INSTALLATION Drill and tap doors and frames according to Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. I. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 08710- 10 Door Hardware Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust sweep Fes'\ period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.6 DOOR HARDWARE SETS Hardware Set No. 1 Doors No. 03 each to have the following: 1 Lock Cylinder (All other hardware, including weather stripping by overhead door manufacturer.) Door Hardware 08710- 11 /0" Hardware Set No. 2 Doors No. 01 each to have the following: 1 '/2 Pair Hinges 1 Lockset (Schlage AL53PD) 1 Deadbolt 1 Strike 1 Closer 1 Threshold 1 Sweep 1 Set Gasketing/Weatherproofing 3 Silencers Hardware Set No. 3 (NOT USED) /'h Hardware Set No. 4 Door No. 02 to have the following: 1 '/2 Pair Hinges 1 Lockset (Schlage AL40S) privacy 1 Closer 3 Silencers 1 Wall Stop END OF SECTION 08710 08710-12 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 Door Hardware Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Windows. 1.3 DEFINITIONS / A. Manufacturers of Glass Products: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating -glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas. D. Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. E. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. F. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes �\ exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated -glass standard. Glazing 08800- 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thickness designations indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites in the thickness designations indicated for various size openings, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria: Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements: a. Specified Design Wind Loads: as indicated on Sheet SO.] but not less than wind loads applicable to Project as required by ASCE 7 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures": Section 6.0 "Wind Loads." b. Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not more than 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. 1) Load Duration: 60 seconds or less C. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For the following types of glass supported on all 4 edges, provide thickness required that limits center deflection at design wind pressure to 1150 times the short side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 1) For monolithic -glass lites heat treated to resist wind loads. 2) For insulating glass. 3) For laminated -glass lites. d. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6.0 mm. e. Thickness of Tinted and Heat -Absorbing Glass: Provide the same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. C. Roll Distortion: Glass should be Tempered/Heat Strengthened/Heat Treated glass using a convection or aspirated assisted furnace. Limit peak valley roll ripple distortion of 0.005 (five one -thousandths). D. Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. Glazing 08800-2 (11,L'N Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 E. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated below: 1. For monolithic -glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick. 2. For laminated -glass lites, properties are based on products of construction indicated. 3. For insulating -glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 4. Center -of -Glass Values: Based on using LBL-44789 WINDOW 5.0 computer program for the following methodologies: a. U -Factors: NFRC 100 expressed as Btu/ sq. ft. x h x deg F. b. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200. C. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Samples: For the following products, in the form of 12 -inch- square Samples for each type of glass indicated. C. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openings in preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of glass and glazing products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. For solar -control low -e -coated glass, provide documentation demonstrating that manufacturer of coated glass is certified by coating manufacturer. E. Qualification Data: For installers. F.. Product Test Reports: For each product indicated. G. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a record of successful in-service performance; and who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. 08800-3 Glazing / Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Source Limitations for Glass Sputter -Coated with Solar -Control Low -E Coatings: Where solar - control low -e coatings of a primary glass manufacturer that has established a certified fabricator program is specified, obtain sputter -coated solar -control low -e -coated glass in fabricated units from a manufacturer that is certified by coated -glass manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories through one source from a single manufacturer for each product and installation method indicated. D. Safety Glazing Products: Comply with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and, for wired glass, ANSI Z97.1. E. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA Laminated Division's "Laminated Glass Design Guide" and GANA's "Glazing Manual." 2. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM -3000, "Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units." F. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the following testing and inspecting agency: Insulating Glass Certification Council. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. For insulating -glass units that will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating -glass manufacturer's written recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. Do not install liquid glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F. 08800-4 Glazing Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated -Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by coated -glass manufacturer agreeing to replace coated -glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, fo.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by laminated -glass manufacturer agreeing to replace laminated -glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by insulating -glass manufacturer agreeing to replace insulating -glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. /``1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172, and complying with other requirements specified and with the following: 1. Interlayer: Polyvinyl butyral or cured resin of thickness indicated with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation. a. For polyvinyl butyral interlayers, laminate lites in autoclave with heat plus pressure. b. For cured -resin interlayers, laminate lites with laminated -glass manufacturer's standard cast -in-place and cured -transparent -resin interlayer. Glazing 08800-5 /"` Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Laminating Process: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign substances and air or glass pockets. 2.3 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene, ASTM C 864. 2. EPDM, ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone, ASTM C 1115. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 1115. 5. Any material indicated above. B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed -cell, integral -skinned gaskets of material indicated below; complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene. 2. EPDM. 3. Silicone. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. 5. Any material indicated above. 2.4 GLAZING TAPES A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based elastomeric tape with a solids content of 100 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper backing; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. 08800-6 Glazing Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 F"`1 C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire -resistance rating. 2.6 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. 2.7 MONOLITHIC FLOAT -GLASS UNITS A. Uncoated Clear Float -Glass Units at Window Type B: Class 1 (clear) Kind FT (fully tempered) f"1 float glass. 1. Thickness: 'A inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass -framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. Glazing 08800-7 rQ 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written other glazing materials, unless referenced glazing publications. Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in B. Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant -substrate testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches as follows: 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8 -inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and buttjoints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 08800-8 Glazing "AMM Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center glass liter in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. �\ B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do Glazing 08800-9 F Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 08800- 10 Glazing Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. E. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08800 t"M 1 /"� 08800- 11 Glazing /'. Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch - diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch- diameter wire. 2. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 -inch diameter. 3. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch, a minimum 1/2 -inch- wide flange in depth indicated, with manufacturer's standard corrosion resistant zinc coating. 4. Furring Channels (Furring Members): Commercial -steel sheet with manufacturer's standard corrosion resistant zinc coating. a. Cold Rolled Channels: 0.0538 -inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch - wide flange, 3/4 inch deep. b. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645. 1) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. C. Depth: 3-5/8 inches. d. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch deep. 1) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch e. Resilient Furring Channels: '/z -inch deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. Asymmetrical or hat shaped, with face attached to single flange by a slotted leg (web) or attached to two flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs. 5. Install Metal Stud/Bracing to resist negative pressure of mechanical exhaust system. Gypsum Board Assemblies 09255- 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.2 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645 in depth indicated. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. B. Deep -Leg Deflection Track: ASTM C645 top runner with 2 -inch deep flanges. C. Flat Strap Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch D. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538 -inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- wide flange and in depth indicated. 1. Clip Angle: 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inch, 0.068 -inch- thick, galvanized steel. E. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch deep. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch F. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538 -inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- wide flange and in depth indicated. 1. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch. 2. Tie Wire: ASTM A641 /A641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch diameter wire. G. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. H. Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. I. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. I . Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. J. Water resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C630.C630M, with core type and in thickness indicated. K. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. f"\ 2. LC -Bead (J -Bead): Use at exposed panel edges. 3. Expansion (Control) Joint Gypsum Board Assemblies 09255-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 / L. Joint Treatment Materials, General: Comply with ASTM C 475. M. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. N. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. O. Auxiliary Materials: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. P. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. Q. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: 1. Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive -backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Installation Standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 3.2 INSTALLING STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Gypsum Board Assemblies 09255-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 114 ' B. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. C. Attach hangers to structural members. Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to permanent metal forms, steel deck tabs, steel roof decks, pipes, or conduit. D. Wire -tie furring channels to supports. E. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. F. Install 4 -inch metal studs at 32 -inches o.c. to resist negative pressure of mechanical exhaust system. Brace back to structure. G. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA -216. H. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. I. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. J. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. K. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. L. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 3.3 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. Comply with ASTM C840 and GA -216 B. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. C. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches o.c. D. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. Gypsum Board Assemblies 09255-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 E. On partitions/walls apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire resistance assembly and minimize end joints. 1. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. F. Single Layer Fastening methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. G. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install with '/4 -inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09255-5 /""N Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 09651 - RESILIENT FLOOR TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vinyl composition floor tile. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for initial selection. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples: Full-size units of each color and pattern of floor tile required. D. Maintenance data. E. Extra Material: Furnish one box for each type and color of resilient floor tile. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class 1, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer in spaces to receive floor tile. B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation. E. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Resilient Floor Tile 09651 - 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VINYL COMPOSITION FLOOR TILE: VCT A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Mannington Mills, Inc. 3. Tarkett, Inc. 4. Azrock by Domco B. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1066, Class 2, through -pattern tile. C. Wearing Surface: Smooth. D. Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) E. Size: 12 by 12 inches (305 by 305 mm). F. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Owner from full range of manufacturer's colors and patterns. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. C. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. Resilient Floor Tile 09651 -2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor covering manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 Ib of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75% relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install floor tiles until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3.2 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles (basket -weave pattern). D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. Resilient Floor Tile 09651 -3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of floor tile. B. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. Apply at least two coat(s). C. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. ('"t\ END OF SECTION 09651 r"111� 09651 -4 Resilient Floor Tile �\ Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 09653 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient base. 2. Resilient molding accessories. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for initial selection. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard -size Samples but not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long, of each resilient product color, texture, and pattern required. D. Extra Materials: Furnish 15 linear feet for each type and color of resilient base selected. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer in spaces to receive resilient products. B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 09653- 1 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories /'" Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT BASE: RB A. Resilient Base: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. C. Endura Rubber Flooring Division of Burke Industries, Inc. d. Flexco, Inc. e. Johnsonite. f. Nora Rubber Flooring; Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc. g. Roppe Corporation, USA. B. Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861. 1. Material Requirement: Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset) 2. Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous) 3. Style: Cove (base with toe). C. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). D. Height: 6 inches (152 mm) E. Lengths: Cut lengths 48 inches (1219 mm) long or coils in manufacturer's standard length. F. Outside Corners: Job formed or preformed. G. Inside Corners: Job formed or preformed. H. Finish: Matte. I. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Owner from full range of manufacturer's colors. 2.2 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Resilient Molding Accessory: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. 09653-2 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Flexco, Inc. d. Johnsonite. e. Roppe Corporation, USA. B. Description: Reducer strip for resilient floor covering, Transition strips. C. Material: Rubber. D. Colors and Patterns: Black. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. F' b. Rubber Floor Adhesives: Not more than 60 g/L. C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edges of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. D. Floor Polish: Provide protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by resilient stair tread manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Treads and Accessories: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 09653-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 Ib of water/I 000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. 3.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of resilient floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 09653-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. B. Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09653 /`O 1 W 09653-5 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories /"� tl�ffl\ Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 09912 - PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Samples: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. Three samples of each color of finish coating applied to 12" by 12" hardboard or drywall. 1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products to job site in original, new and unopened containers and packages bearing the manufacturer's name and label. B. Protect from freezing and maintain temperatures below 100 degrees F. or as indicated by the manufacturer. Keep products orderly and in an organized manner to reduce the risk of error. . Protect from fire hazards. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg Q. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. B. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). C. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg Q. D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. Painting (Professional Line Products) 09912- 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: 2 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. Store where directed. 2. Extra materials, clearly labeled with the manufacturers name and product number/description, are to be located in a designated storage space as indicated by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2. Rose Talbert Paints. (Rose Talbert) 3. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). 4. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints). 5. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 6. Duron Paint & Wallcovering Co. (Duron) 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer`s best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: As selected by Owner from full range of industry colors. Products listed are based on a specific manufacturer using them as the basis of design. Other manufacturers matching the exact specification, including color, texture and pattern, will be considered. Painting (Professional Line Products) 09912-2 %Q Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2.3 PREPARATORY COATS A. Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex -based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Ferrous -Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust -inhibitive metal primer. 2. Zinc -Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 3. Textured Finish Coating: Westex 9500es System, which includes primer and texture as required by the Westex installation directions. 4. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. B. Interior Primer: Interior latex -based or alkyd primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Ferrous -Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust -inhibitive metal primer. 2. Zinc -Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. C. Sealer 1. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Classic Interior Primer B28W101 Series. 2.4 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Semi -Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals: 1. Duron Paints; DTM 95-3XX 2. Rose Talbert; 8600 Waterborne DTM Gloss Enamel. 3. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel M28 4. ICI Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux Interior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish. 5. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-300 Series Pitt -Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior High Performance Waterborne Semi -Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels. 6. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66W 100 Series. 2.5 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: 1. Duron Paints; Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Flat, 59 Series. 2. Benjamin Moore: Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish. 09912-3 Painting (Professional Line Products) l"` Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Interior Low -Luster Acrylic Enamel: 1. Duron Paints; Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Latex Low Sheen, 36 Series. 2. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1402-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Wall & Trim Enamel. 4. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel. 5. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg -Shell Enamel B20W200 Series. C. Interior Semi gloss Acrylic Enamel: 1. Duron Paints; Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Semi -Gloss, 35 Series. 2. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel No. 276. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1406-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel. 4. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi -Gloss Latex. 5. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel B31 W200 Series. D. Interior Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Wood and Metal Surfaces: 1. Duron; Everlast Interior Alkyd/Oil Semi -Gloss Enamel. 2. Rose Talbert; 300 Premium Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 3. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Urethane Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel 4. ICI Dulux Paints; 1516 -XXX UltraHide Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 5. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-1110 Series Speedhide Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Semi -Gloss -Oil Interior/Exterior Enamel. 6. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel B34 Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. 09912-4 Painting (Professional Line Products) Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. C. If transparent finish is required, back prime with spar varnish. d. Back prime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. C. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete: Clean and prepare per manufacturer's written instructions for this type of substrate. E. Material Preparation: 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for preparation of textured finish coating. Painting (Professional Line Products) 09912-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 l"' F. Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 3. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 4. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators ! according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply Textured Finish Coating according to manufacturers written instructions, towel down for "knockdown" effect as directed. J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. K. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. L. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. M. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. N. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Painting (Professional Line Products) 09912-6 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 O. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: (0"1 1. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust -inhibitive primer. QQ a. Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer (not required on shop -primed items). b. Finish Coats: Exterior semi -gloss alkyd enamel. B. Zinc -Coated Metal: 1. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semi -gloss alkyd enamel. 3.4 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. 09912-7 Painting (Professional Line Products) Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Wood: 1. Alkyd Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Premium enamel undercoat. b. Finish Coats: Premium alkyd semi -gloss enamel. C. Ferrous Metal: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. D. Zinc -Coated Metal: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc -coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. E. All -Service Jacket over Insulation: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex -emulsion size. END OF SECTION 09912 Painting (Professional Line Products) 09912-8 (�O /'� Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fixed, extruded -aluminum louvers. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and wind loads based on a uniform pressure of 42.8 Ibf/sq. ft. acting inward or outward, without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. B. Seismic Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to Florida Building Code, current Edition. C. Wind Impact Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding object impact with wind loads according to Florida Building Code, current Edition. D. Thermal Movements: Provide louvers that allow for thermal movements resulting from a temperature change (range) of 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces, by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. E. Air -Performance, Water -Penetration, and Wind -Driven Rain Ratings: As demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units according to AMCA 500-L. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 2. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Samples: For each type of finish. 10200-1 Louvers and Vents Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Louvers: a. Airline Products Co. b. Airolite Company (The). C. American Warming and Ventilating, Inc. d. Arrow United Industries. e. Construction Specialties, Inc. f. Greenheck. g. Industrial Louvers, Inc. h. Ruskin Company; Tomkins PLC. B. Basis -of -Design Product: The design for each louver is based on the product named below. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), alloy 6063-T5 or T-52. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy 3003 or 5005. C. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 Series stainless steel. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate frames to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. B. Join frame members to each other and to louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view. C. Join frame members to each other and to louver blades with fillet welds, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer, concealed from view. 2.4 FIXED, EXTRUDED -ALUMINUM LOUVERS /O ` A. Horizontal, Drainable -Blade Louver: IG-V11111Wa Louvers and Vents Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 l"1\ 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Airolite # CB6774 or a comparable product of other listed manufacturers. 2. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch (2.0 mm) for blades and 0.080 inch (2.0 mm) for frames. 3. Performance Requirements: a. Free Area: Not less than 8.43 sq. ft. (0.783 sq. m) for 48 -inch- (1.2-m-) wide by 48 -inch- (1.2-m-) high louver. b. Point of Beginning Water Penetration: Not less than 1050 fpm (5.3 m/s). C. Air Performance: Not more than 0.18 -inch wg (0.045 kPa) static pressure drop at [629 -fpm (192-m/in) free -area velocity. 4. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. 2.5 LOUVER SCREENS A. General: Provide screen at interior face of each exterior louver. B. Louver Screen Frames: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached. C. Louver Screening: 1. Bird Screening: Flattened, expanded aluminum, 3/4 by 0.050 inch (19 by 1.27 mm) thick. 2.6 FINISHES A. Aluminum, Baked Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42RIx (chemical finish cleaned with inhibited chemicals; organic coating as specified below.) Apply baked enamel coating complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. 1. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 2603, except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils, medium gloss. 2. Color: Match metal wall panel color. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where �\ required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. Louvers and Vents 10200-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. D. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. E. Protect galvanized and nonferrous -metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals. END OF SECTION 10200 lO� 10200-4 Louvers and Vents Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 10523 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. 4110141N B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. C. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. Fire Extinguishers 10523- 1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each mounting bracket indicated. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Larsen's Manufacturing Co., MP6 or comparable product by one of the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. C. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. h. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. i. Moon -American. j. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp.; a division of PEM Systems, Inc. k. Potter Roemer LLC. 1. Pyro-Chem; Tyco Safety Products. 2. Valves: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B. 5. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL -Rated 3 A:40-B:C, 6 -lb. Nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry chemical in enameled - steel container. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or red baked -enamel finish. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Larsen's Manufacturing co., Model 808 or comparable product by one of the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. C. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. .� e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. Fire Extinguishers 10523-2 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 g. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. h. Potter Roemer LLC. B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket -mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION / A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION 10523 f''IN 10523-3 Fire Extinguishers Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 10801 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: /9141\ 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated on Drawings. 2. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings. C. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same articles in Part 2, provide products of same manufacturer unless otherwise approved by Architect. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. Toilet and Bath Accessories 10801 -1 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor uder requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.0312 -inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 hot -dip zinc coating. C. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. D. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper -and - theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. E. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). F. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear -glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. G. ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile -butadiene -styrene resin formulation. 2.2 FABRICATION A. General: One, maximum 1 -1/2 -inch diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface -Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless-steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible. Toilet and Bath Accessories 10801 -2 /0 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Framed Glass -Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass -mirror units to accommodate glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that permits rigid, tamper- resistant glass installation and prevents moisture accumulation. 1. Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inchand full mirror size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. D. Mirror -Unit Hangers: Provide mirror -unit mounting system that permits rigid, tamper- and theft -resistant installation, as follows: 1. Heavy-duty wall brackets of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a special tool to remove. E. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. 2.3 TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORY SCHEDULE A. Toilet Paper Dispenser T1: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick B-4288 Contura 2. Type: Double roll dispenser 3. Mounting: Surface mounted 4. Material: Stainless steel 5. Lockset: Tumbler type, flush 6. Capacity: Holds two rolls, up to 5-1/4" diameter B. Grab Bar T2: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick B-6806 x 36" long 2. Material: Stainless steel, 18 gage, 0.05 inch thick. 3. Mounting: Concealed 4. Gripping Surfaces: Slip -resistant texture 5. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for medium -duty applications 10801 -3 Toilet and Bath Accessories '/�_N Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Grab Bar T3: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick B-6806 x 42" long 2. Material: Stainless steel, 18 gage, 0.05 inch thick. 3. Mounting: Concealed 4. Gripping Surfaces: Slip -resistant texture 5. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for medium -duty applications D. Paper Towel Dispenser T4: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick B-4262 2. Mounting: Surface 3. Towel Type and Capacity: 400 C -fold or 525 multifold E. Mirror Unit T5 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick B-290 — 2436 2. Glass: Tempered 3. Frame: Stainless-steel channel F. Liquid -Soap Dispenser T6: / I . Basis -of -Design Product: Bobrick B-2112 2. Mounting: Surface mounted 3. Capacity: 40 fl. oz. 4. Materials: stainless steel container 5. Filler top: hinged, requires key to open 6. Refill Indicator: Window type 2.4 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: I . Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. 2. TCI Products. 3. Truebro,Inc. 4. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies, that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping, and allow service access without removing coverings. 5. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded -plastic, white. Toilet and Bath Accessories 10801 -4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 Ibf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 10801 /1 � 10801 -5 Toilet and Bath Accessories Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 SECTION 13125 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: I. Structural framing. 2. Roof panels. 3. Wall panels. 4. Accessories and trim. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Bay Spacing: Dimension between main frames measured normal to frame (at centerline of frame) for interior bays, and dimension from centerline of first interior main frame measured normal to end wall column (outside face of end wall girt). B. Building Length: Dimension of the building measured perpendicular to main framing from end wall column to end wall column (end wall girt on each end of building). C. Building Width: Dimension of the building measured parallel to main framing from sidewall to sidewall (outside face of main frame column to outside face of main frame column plus the thickness of the wall girt on each side of building). D. Clear Span: Distance between supports of beams, girders, or trusses (measured from lowest level of connecting area of a column and a rafter frame, or knee). E. Eave Height: Vertical dimension from finished floor to eave (the line along the sidewall formed by intersection of the planes of the roof and wall). F. Clear Height under Structure: Vertical dimension from finished floor to lowest point of any part of primary or secondary structure, not including crane supports, located within clear span. G. Terminology Standard: Refer to MBMA's "Low Rise Building Systems Manual" for definitions of terms for metal building system construction not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Metal Building Systems 13125- 1 W Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 A. General: Provide a complete, integrated set of metal building system manufacturer's standard mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a metal building system capable of withstanding structural and other loads, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure or infiltration of water into building interior, in accordance with current edition of the Florida Building Code. Include primary and secondary framing, roof and wall panels, and accessories complying with requirements indicated, including those in this Article. Building design loads are as required in paragraph 1.4 sub -paragraph D. Design each member to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads that produce the maximum allowable stresses in that member as prescribed in the Florida Building Code. Design each secondary member and its connection, including all purlins and girts, and exterior building cladding and its connections, including siding, roofing, doors, and windows to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads that produce the maximum allowable stresses in that member and connection as prescribed in the referenced Florida Building Code. B. Metal Building System Design: Of size, spacing, slope, and spans indicated, and as follows: Primary Frame Type: Provide the following: a. Rigid Clear Span: Solid -member structural -framing system without interior columns. 2. End -Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard, for buildings not required to be expandable, as follows: a. Provide load-bearing end -wall and corner columns, and rafters. 3. Secondary Frame Type: Manufacturer's standard rafters and the following girts: a. Exterior -framed (bypass) girts (unless noted otherwise). 4. Eave Height: Height as indicated on drawings. 5. Bay Spacing: Bay spacing as indicated on drawings. 6. Roof Slope: Slope as indicated on drawings. 7. Roof System: Manufacturer's standard standing -seam roof panels. 8. Exterior Wall System: Manufacturer's standard field -assembled wall panels. C. Structural Performance: Provide metal building systems capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Building Design Loads: Minimum building design loads are as indicated in the following sub -paragraphs. 2. Dead Loads: Dead loads include the actual weight of the structure, covering and permanent contents attached to the structure. 3. Live Loads: Include vertical loads induced by equipment supported as indicated on Drawings. Live load 20 PSF minimum. No reduction of minimum roof live load shall be permitted. a. Building Occupancy: As indicated. 13125-2 Metal Building Systems Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 4. Wind Loads: Include horizontal loads induced by a wind velocity of 120 MPH with wind loads applied to the structure according to the current edition of the Florida Building Code and/or to a basic wind speed corresponding to a 10 year mean recurrence interval at project site, whichever is more stringent. 5. Collateral Loads: Include additional dead loads other than the weight of metal building system for permanent items such as sprinklers, mechanical systems, electrical systems, and ceilings. Collateral loads shall be 20 PSF 6. Load Combinations: Design metal building systems to withstand the most critical effects of load factors and load combinations in accordance with the Florida Building Code. 7. Deflection Limits: Engineer assemblies to withstand design loads with deflections no greater than the following: a. Purlins and Rafters: Vertical deflection of 1/180 of the span. b. Girts: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the span. C. Roof Panels: Vertical deflection of 1/180 of the span. d. Wall Panels: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the span. e. Main Framing Members: The maximum deflection of main framing members shal I not exceed L/240 of their respective spans. f. Sideway: The maximum calculated sideways of the structures shall not exceed the height of the structure divided by 200 (H/200). The maximum calculated sideways for office structures shall not exceed the height of the structure divided by ] 20 (H/120). 8. Design secondary framing system to accommodate deflection of primary building structure and construction tolerances, and to maintain clearances at openings. 9. Columns: All columns shall have theoretically pinned bases, which will not transfer moment to support foundations. No movement shall be induced to the foundation by the frame. D. Thermal Movements: Provide metal building roof and wall systems that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. E. Thermal Performance: Provide metal building roof and wall with the following thermal - resistance values (R -value): 1. Roof Assemblies: 19 deg F x h. x sq. ft./Btu. (R-19) 2. Wall Assemblies: ] 9 deg F x h x sq. ft.Btu (R-19) F. Air Infiltration for Roof Panels: Provide roof panel assemblies with permanent resistance to air leakage through assembly of not more than 0.09 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed roof area when tested according to ASTM E 1680 at a static -air -pressure difference of 4 Ibf/sq. ft. Metal Building Systems 13125-3 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 G. Air Infiltration for Wall Panels: Provide wall panel assemblies with permanent resistance to air leakage through assembly of not more than 0.09 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static -air -pressure difference of 4 Ibf/sq. ft. H. Water Penetration for Roof Panels: Provide roof panel assemblies with no water penetration as defined in the test method when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at a minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward -acting wind -load design pressure of not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. and not more than 12 lbf/sq. ft. Water Penetration for Wall Panels: provide wall panel assemblies with no water penetration as defined in the test method when tested according to ASTM E331 at a minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward -acting, wind -load design pressure of not less than 6.24 lbf/sq/ ft and not more that 12 Ibf/sq. ft. J. Wind -Uplift Resistance: Provide roof panel assemblies that meet requirements of UL 580 for the following wind -uplift resistance: 1. Class 90. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of the following metal building system components: I. Structural -framing system. 2. Roof panels. 3. Wall panels. 4. Vapor retarders. 5. Trim and closures. 6. Accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For the following metal building system components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. For installed components indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Anchor -Bolt Plans: Include location, diameter, and projection of anchor bolts required to attach metal building to foundation. Indicate column reactions at each location. Metal Building Systems 13125-4 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3. Structural -Framing Drawings: Show complete fabrication of primary and secondary framing. Indicate welds and bolted connections, distinguishing between shop and field applications. Include transverse cross-sections. Note: Column reactions and anchor bolt requirements are required prior to foundation construction. No movement shall be induced to the foundation by the frame. 4. Roof and Wall Panel Layout Drawings: Show layouts of panels on support framing, details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, custom profiles, supports, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory - and field -assembled work. 5. Accessory Drawings: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than I- 1/2 inches per 12 inches: a. Ventilators. b. Louvers. C. Gutters. d. Downspouts. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of the following products with factory -applied color finishes: I . Roof and wall panels. 2. Trim and closures. 3. Accessories. D. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes, showing the full range of color, texture, and pattern variations expected, in the profile and style indicated. Prepare Samples from the same material to be used for the Work. 1. Roof and Wall Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include clips, caps, battens, fasteners, closures, and other exposed panel accessories. 2. Trim and Closures: 12 inches long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Vapor Retarders: 6 -inch square samples. 4. Accessories: 12 -inch long samples for each type of accessory. E. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of metal building systems certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. 1. Letter of Design Certification: Professional engineer's certificate prepared and signed by a Professional Engineer, legally authorized to practice in South Carolina, verifying that the structural framing and covering panels meet indicated loading and deflection requirements and codes of authorities having jurisdiction. Include the following: a. Name and location of Project. b. Order number. C. Name of manufacturer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Building dimensions, including width, length, height, and roof slope. f. Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot -rolled steel and AISI standards for cold -rolled steel, including edition dates of each standard. g. Governing building code and year of edition. Metal Building Systems 13125-5 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 h. Design Loads: Include dead load, roof live load, collateral loads, roof snow load, deflection, wind loads/speeds and exposure, seismic zone or effective peak velocity -related acceleration/peak acceleration, and auxiliary loads (cranes). i. Load Combinations: Indicate that loads were applied acting simultaneously with concentrated loads, according to governing building code. j. Building -Use Category: Indicate category of building use and its effect on load importance factors. k. AISC Certification for Category MB: Include statement that metal building system and components were designed and produced in an AISC-Certified Facility by an AISC-Certified Manufacturer. F. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. G. Erector Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that erectors comply with requirements. H. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that they comply with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. J. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results of steel for compliance with requirements indicated. K. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, indicating the following current products comply with requirements: 1. Insulation and Vapor Retarders: Include reports for thermal resistance, fire -test -response characteristics, water -vapor transmission, and water absorption. L. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who has specialized in erecting and installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in Florida and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of metal building systems that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. Metal Building Systems 13125-6 Wk /0N Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing metal building systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Member of MBMA. 2. AISC Certification for Category MB: An AISC-Certified Manufacturer that designs and produces metal building systems and components in an AISC-Certified Facility. 3. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, testing program development, test result interpretation, and comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal building system component through one source from a single manufacturer. E. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, or in-service performance. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel"; and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." G. Regulatory Requirements: Fabricate and label structural framing to comply with special inspection requirements at point of fabrication for welding and other connections required by authorities having jurisdiction. H. Structural Steel: Comply with AISC S335, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design, Plastic Design"; or AISC S342, "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings," for design requirements and allowable stresses. I. Cold -Formed Steel: Comply with AISI SG -671, "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members," and A1SI SG -911, "Load and Resistance Facet Design Specification for Steel Structural Members," for design requirements and allowable stresses. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division I Section "Project Meetings." Review methods and procedures related to metal building systems including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss condition of foundations and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Erector's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 13125-7 Metal Building Systems Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 3. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. 4. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for unfavorable conditions. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package roof and wall panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Handling: Unload, store, and erect roof and wall panels to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store roof and wall panels to ensure dryness. Do not store panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulation materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when weather conditions permit roof and wall panel installation to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify metal building system foundations by field measurements before metal building fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions for Foundations: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish foundation dimensions and proceed with fabricating structural framing without field measurements. Coordinate anchor -bolt installation to ensure that actual anchorage dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Established Dimensions for Panels: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating roof and wall panels without field measurements, or allow for field -trimming panels. Coordinate roof and wall construction to ensure that actual building dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings correspond to established dimensions. Metal Building Systems 13125-8 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete foundations and casting of anchor -bolt inserts into foundation walls and footings. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section " Concrete." B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs (provided and installed by metal building manufacturer), equipment supports, and roof penetrations. 1.10 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty on Panels: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace roof and wall panels that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. I . Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. f_1� C. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Written warranty, signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. Deterioration of finish includes, but is not limited to, color fade, chalking, cracking, peeling, and loss of film integrity. 1. Warranty Period for Roof Panels: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Wall Panels: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Special Warranty on Standing -Seam Roof Panel Weathertightness: Written warranty, signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace standing -seam roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Buildings Company. 2. Butler Manufacturing Company. 3. Nucor Building Systems. Metal Building Systems 13125-9 /�. Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 4. Varco-Pruden Buildings; a United Dominion Company. 2.2 STRUCTURAL -FRAMING MATERIALS A. Structural -Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 529/A 529M. B. Steel Plate, Bar, or Strip: ASTM A 529/A 529M, ASTM A 570/A 570M, or ASTM A 572/A 572M; 50,000 -psi minimum yield strength. C. Steel Tubing or Pipe: ASTM A 500, Grade B; ASTM A 501; or ASTM A 53, Grade B. D. Structural -Steel Sheet: Hot -rolled, ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 50 or Grade 55; hot -rolled, ASTM 568/A 568M; or cold -rolled, ASTM A 611, structural -quality, matte (dull) finish. E. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 50, with G60 coating designation; mill phosphatized. F. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot -dip process and prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M and the following requirements: 1. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; structural quality. 2. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating, Grade 40; structural quality. G. Non -High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon -steel, hex -head bolts; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. H. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. 2. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 or Type 490. a. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50, epoxy coated. 1. Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: As follows: 1. Unheaded Rods: ASTM A 36A/A 36M, Grade 36. 2. Unheaded Bolts: ASTM A 36A/A 36M, Grade 36. 3. Headed Bolts: ASTM A 490, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts and heavy hex carbon -steel nuts. 4. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 13125- 10 Metal Building Systems W 2.3 2.4 2.5 Primers: As selected by manufacturer for resistance to compatibility with finish paint systems, capability to provide applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure, and as follows: Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 normal atmospheric corrosion, a sound foundation for field - 1. Primer: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer; complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P-664. PANEL MATERIALS A. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot -dip process and prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M and the following requirements: 1. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; structural quality. 2. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: Grade 40; structural quality. 3. Surface: Smooth, flat, mill finish. B. Panel Sealants: Provide the following: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating, 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; one -part elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone - rubber sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended by metal building system manufacturer. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mildry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and with a 30 -minute working time. C. Shop Primer for Galvanized Metal Surfaces: Zinc dust, zinc -oxide primer selected by manufacturer for compatibility with substrate. Comply with FS TT -P-641. D. Finish Painting: Refer to Division 9 Section "Painting." FABRICATION, GENERAL 13125- 11 Metal Building Systems Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly and disassembly. 1. Fabricate components in a manner that once assembled in the shop, they may be disassembled, repackaged, and reassembled in the field. 2. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals. 3. Fabricate framing to produce clean, smooth cuts and bends. Punch holes of proper size, shape, and location. Cold -formed members shall be free of cracks, tears, and ruptures. B. Primary Framing: Shop -fabricate framing components to indicated size and section with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other items required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld framing for bolted field assembly. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using high-strength bolts. 2. Join flanges to webs of built-up members by a continuous submerged arc -welding process. 3. Brace compression flange of primary framing by angles connected between frame web and purlin or girt web, so flange compressive strength is within allowable limits for any combination of loadings. 4. Weld clips to frames for attaching secondary framing members. 5. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime primary structural members with specified primer after fabrication. C. Secondary Framing: Shop -fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by roll - forming or break -forming, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other plates required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld secondary framing for bolted field connections to primary framing. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using non -high-strength bolts. 2. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime secondary structural members with specified primer after fabrication. D. Factory Priming for Field -Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply the specified air-dried primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Prime primary, secondary, and end -wall steel framing members with specified primer to a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil. 2. Prime galvanized members, after phosphoric acid pretreatment, with manufacturer's standard zinc dust, zinc -oxide primer. E. Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Low Rise Building Systems Manual": Chapter IV, Section 9, "Fabrication and Erection Tolerances." 2.6 STRUCTURAL FRAMING /1011 A. Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard structural primary framing system, designed to withstand required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and Metal Building Systems 13125- 12 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 lean-to frames; rafter, rake, and canopy beams; sidewall, intermediate, end -wall, and corner columns, and wind bracing. General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. Factory drill for field -bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated. Rigid Clear -Span Frames: I -shaped frame sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. Frame Configuration: Single gable. Frame Configuration: Lean to, with high side connected to, and supported by, another structure. 5. Exterior Column Type: Uniform depth or tapered. 6. Rafter Type: Tapered. 7. Exterior Column Type at Lean -To Structures: Uniform depth. B. End -Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary end -wall framing fabricated for field - bolted assembly to comply with the following: End -Wall and Corner Columns: I -shaped sections fabricated from structural steel shapes; shop -welded, built-up steel plates; with minimum thickness of 0.0747 inch. C. Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing members, including purlins, girts, eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers, jambs, and other miscellaneous structural members. Fabricate framing from cold -formed, structural -steel sheet or roll -formed, metallic -coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating, unless otherwise indicated, to comply with the following: Purlins: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from minimum 0.0598 -inch thick steel sheet, built-up steel plates, or structural -steel shapes; minimum 2 -1/2 -inch wide flanges. a. Depth: As indicated. 2. Eave Struts: Unequal -flange, C-shaped sections; fabricated from 0.0598 -inch thick steel sheet, built-up steel plates, or structural -steel shapes; to provide adequate backup for both roof and wall panels. 3. Flange and Sag Bracing: Minimum 1-5/8-by-]-5/8-inch structural -steel angles, with a minimum thickness of 0.0598 inch, to stiffen primary frame flanges. 4. Base or Sill Angles: Minimum 3 -by -2 -by -0.0747 -inch zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet. 5. Purlin Clips: Minimum 0.0747 -inch thick, zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet. 6. Secondary End -Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from minimum 0.0747 -inch thick, zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet. 7. Framing for Openings: Channel shapes; fabricated from minimum 0.0598 -inch thick, cold -formed, structural -steel sheet or structural -steel shapes. Frame head and jamb of door openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other openings. 8. Miscellaneous Structural Members: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from cold -formed, structural -steel sheet; built-up steel plates; or zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet; designed to withstand required loads. Metal Building Systems 13125- 13 l D. Bracing: Provide adjustable wind bracing as follows: A Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 1. Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M; ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade D; or ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50; 3/4 -inch (minimum) diameter steel; threaded full length or threaded a minimum of 12 inches at each end. 2. Angles: Fabricated from structural -steel shapes to match primary framing, of size required to withstand design loads. 3. Rigid Portal Frames: Fabricate from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads. 4. Bracing: Provide wind bracing using any method specified above, at manufacturer's option. Bracing can not interfere with any window or door openings. E. Bolts: Provide shop -painted bolts unless structural -framing components are in direct contact with roof and wall panels. Provide zinc -plated bolts when structural -framing components are in direct contact with roof and wall panels. 2.7 ROOF PANELS A. Fastened Down Roof Panels: Manufacturer's standard panels complying with the following: 1.Tapered-Rib-Profile, Lap -Seam Metal Roof Panels: Formed with raised, trapezoidal major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between major ribs; designed to be field assembled by lapping side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using exposed fasteners in side laps. a. Material: Galvalume steel sheet, 26 gauge thick. b. Major -Rib Spacing: 12 inches o.c. C. Panel Coverage: 36 inches. d. Panel Height: 1.5 inches. B. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete roof panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, gutters, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of roof panels, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eave and ridge, fabricated of same metal as roof panels. 2. Clips: Minimum 0.0625 -inch thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to withstand negative -load requirements. 3. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. C. Exterior Finish: Apply the following coil coating to roof panels and accessories: Fluoropolymer Two -Coat System: Manufacturer's standard two -coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight, with a total minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil and 30 percent reflective gloss when tested according to ASTM D 523. 13125- 14 Metal Building Systems 1/ tN Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 a. Durability: Provide coating field tested under normal range of weather conditions for a minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or check in finish; without chalking in excess of a chalk rating of 8 according to ASTM D 4214; and without fading in excess of five Hunter units. 2. Colors, Textures, and Glosses: a. As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors, textures, and glosses. D. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a total minimum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.8 WALL PANELS A. Uninsulated Wall Panels: Provide manufacturer's standard panels complying with the following: 1. Ribbed Panels: Fabricate from metallic -coated steel sheets prepainted with coil coating, factory formed to provide 36 -inch coverage, with raised trapezoidal major ribs at 12 inches o.c., and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between major ribs for !� full length of panel. Design panels for mechanical attachment to structure using exposed fasteners, lapping major ribs at panel edges. Comply with the following: a. Material: Aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel. b. Yield Strength: 80 ksi. C. Metal Thickness: 0.0239 inch. d. Panel Thickness: 1.250 inches. B. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete wall panel assembly, including trim, copings, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of panels. 1. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. C. Exposed Finish for Exterior Panels: Apply the following coil coating: 1. Fluoropolymer Two -Coat System: Manufacturer's standard two -coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight, with a total minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil and 30 percent reflective gloss when tested according to ASTM D 523. a. Durability: Provide coating field tested under normal range of weather conditions for a minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or Metal Building Systems 13125- 15 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 check in finish; without chalking in excess of a chalk rating of 8 according to ASTM D 4214; and without fading in excess of five Hunter units. 2. Colors, Textures, and Glosses: a. As selected by Owner from manufacturers full range of colors, textures, and glosses. D. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a total minimum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.9 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Personnel Doors: Refer to Division 8 Section " Steel Doors and Frames." 2.10 WINDOWS A. Windows: Refer to Division 8 Section "Steel Windows." B. Glazing: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazing." 2.11 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide accessories as standard with metal building system manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1. Provide sheet metal accessories of same material and in same finish as roof and wall panels, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Self -tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end -welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide fasteners with heads matching color of roof or wall sheets by means of plastic caps or factory -applied coating. Comply with the following: 1. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self -drilling or self -tapping, zinc -plated, hex -head carbon - steel screws, with a stainless-steel cap or zinc -aluminum -alloy head and EPDM or neoprene sealing washer. 2. Fasteners for Wall Panels: Self -drilling or self -tapping, zinc -plated, hex -head carbon - steel screws, with nylon or polypropylene washer. 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws with hex washer head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets. C. Flashing and Trim: Form from 0.0239 -inch thick, aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, Metal Building Systems 13125- 16 Ma Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent roof or wall panels. Opening Trim: Minimum 0.028 -inch thick steel sheet. Trim head and jamb of door openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other openings. D. Gutters: Form from 0.0239 -inch thick, zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Furnish gutter supports spaced 30 incheso.c., fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide bronze, copper, or aluminum wire ball strainers at outlets. Finish gutters to match roof fascia and rake trim. E. Downspouts: Form from 0.0179 -inch thick, zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum - zinc alloy -coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; in 10 -foot long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets. Finish downspouts to match wall panels. F. Louvers: Refer to Division 10 Section "Louvers and Vents." G. Closures: Closed -cell, laminated polyethylene; minimum 1 -inch thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match roof and wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. H. Pipe Flashing: Premolded, EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base. 2.12 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural framing that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with requirements. B. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with requirements. C. Shop -bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 13125- 17 Metal Building Systems Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. In addition to visual inspection, shop welding will be inspected and tested according to AWS DLI and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency's option: 1. Magnetic -Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709, performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 2. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142, minimum quality level 2-2T. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. E. In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to requirements of AWS DI.I for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360 -degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements of AWS D1.1. F. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION /011�N A. Examine substrates, with Erector present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of metal building system. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Erector, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances, including oil, grease, rolling compounds, incompatible primers, and loose mill scale that impair bond of erection materials. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written instructions and erection drawings. B. Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal building system manufacturer's professional engineer. C. Set structural framing in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during erection. Metal Building Systems 13125 - 18 Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 D. Baseplates and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials and roughen surfaces before setting baseplates and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of baseplates and bearing plates. 1. Set baseplates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of baseplate or bearing plate before packing with grout. E. Align and adjust framing members before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Make adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service. F. Primary Framing and End Walls: Erect framing true to line, level, plumb, rigid, and secure. Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double - nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base -line elevation. Moist cure grout for not less than seven days after placement. 1. Make field connections using high-strength bolts. Tighten bolts by turn -of -the -nut method. (In turn -of -the not method, bolts must first be snug tight, which is defined as the full effect of a man using an ordinary spud wrench. Nuts are then turned an additional one-third of a turn to produce minimum allowed tension). G. Secondary Framing: Erect framing true to line, level, plumb, rigid, and secure. Fasten secondary framing to primary framing using clips with field connections using non -high- strength bolts. Hold rigidly to a straight line by sag rods. 1. Provide rake or gable purlins with tight -fitting closure channels and fasciae. 2. Locate and space wall girts to suit door and window arrangements and heights. 3. Locate canopy framing as indicated. 4. Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors, windows, louvers, ventilators, and other penetrations of roof and walls. H. Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings. 1. Locate interior end bay bracing only where indicated. I. Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical and electrical work. Securely attach to building structural frame. 3.4 ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION 13125- 19 Metal Building Systems Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 A. General: Provide roof panels of full length from eave to ridge when possible. Install panels perpendicular to purlins. I . Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proceeds. 2. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes. Fasten with self -tapping screws. 3. Field cutting by torch is not permitted. 4. Rigidly fasten eave end of roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels. 5. Provide weatherseal under ridge cap. 6. Flash and seal roof panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self -tapping screws. 7. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress neoprene washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 8. Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized fasteners for interior applications. 9. Locate and space fastenings in true vertical and horizontal alignment. 10. Install ridge caps as roof panel work proceeds. H. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices to avoid a four -panel lap splice condition. B. Field -Assembled, Lap -Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with exposed fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal roof panels. 2. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal roof panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 3. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather -side surface of fastenings on end laps and on side laps of nesting -type metal panels; on side laps of ribbed or fluted metal panels; and elsewhere as needed to make metal panels weatherproof to driving rains. 4. At metal panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6 -inch end lap, sealed with butyl - rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. 3.5 WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Provide panels full height of building when possible. Install panels perpendicular to girts. 1. Arrange and nest side -lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Install panels with vertical edges plumb. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, begin panel installation at corners with center of rib lined up with line of framing. 3. Field cutting by torch is not permitted. 4. Align bottom of wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self -tapping screws. Metal Building Systems 13125-20 Wk Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 5. Fasten flashing and trim around openings and similar elements with self -tapping screws. 6. When two rows of panels are required, lap panels 4 inches minimum. Locate panel splices over structural supports. 7. When building height requires two rows of panels at gable ends, align lap of gable panels over wall panels at eave height. 8. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress neoprene washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 9. Provide weather -resistant escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls. 10. Flash and seal wall panels with weather closures under eaves and rakes, along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings. 11. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete, and elsewhere as necessary for waterproofing. Handle and apply sealant and backup according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 12. Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized fasteners for interior applications. 13. Locate and space fastenings in true vertical and horizontal alignment. B. Uninsulated Panels: Install wall panels on exterior side of girts. Attach panels to supports with fasteners as recommended by manufacturer. 3.6 DOOR INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing doors, hardware, operators, and other door components. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components. Seal perimeter of each door frame with elastomeric sealant used for panels. B. Personnel Doors and Frames: Install doors and frames straight, level, and plumb. Securely anchor frames to building structure. 3.7 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install gutters, downspouts, ventilators, louvers, and other accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions, with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather -resistant performance. 13125-21 Metal Building Systems /"'N Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3. Separations: Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped and sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced not more than 30 inches o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. D. Downspouts: Join sections with 1 -1/2 -inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. E. Louvers: Set louvers complete with necessary hardware, anchors, dampers, weather guards, and equipment supports according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate and place louver units level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. 1. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. 2. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers. 3. Protect galvanized- and nonferrous -metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals. 4. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation, as louver installation progresses, where required to make louver joints weathertight. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation. F. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and roof panels. Fasten and seal to roof panel as recommended by manufacturer. 3.8 ERECTION AND LOCATION TOLERANCES A. Structural -Steel Erection Tolerances: Comply with erection tolerance limits of AISC 5303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." B. Roof Panel Installation Tolerances: Shim and align units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 13125-22 Metal Building Systems Sebastian Maintenance Building Sebastian, Florida AR412018 C. Wall Panel Installation Tolerances: Shim and align units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated and within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality -control testing. B. Extent and Testing Methodology: Testing and verification procedures will be required of high- strength bolted connections. 1. Bolted connections will be visually inspected. 2. Field -bolted connections will be tested and verified according to procedures in RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean, prepare, and prime or reprime welds, bolted connections, and abraded surfaces of prime -painted primary and secondary framing, accessories, and bearing plates. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by hand -tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 2, or power -tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3. 2. Apply compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. B. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. C. Roof and Wall Panels: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction. Replace panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 13125 "A&M 13125-23 Metal Building Systems